Add 7 design plugins (53 skills, 23 commands) and update README
This commit is contained in:
parent
f5f243c65a
commit
3c39c67aac
99 changed files with 5403 additions and 12 deletions
62
README.md
62
README.md
|
|
@ -1,2 +1,60 @@
|
||||||
# designer-skills
|
# Designer Skills Collection
|
||||||
Designer Skills Collection: agentic skills, commands, and plugins for design — from research to systems, UI, interaction, and delivery.
|
Agentic skills, commands, and plugins for design — from research to systems, UI, interaction, and delivery.
|
||||||
|
**63 skills** and **27 commands** across **8 plugins** for [Claude Code](https://docs.anthropic.com/en/docs/claude-code).
|
||||||
|
## Plugins
|
||||||
|
| Plugin | Skills | Commands | Description |
|
||||||
|
|--------|--------|----------|-------------|
|
||||||
|
| [design-research](./design-research) | 10 | 4 | User research: personas, empathy maps, journey maps, interviews, usability testing, and card sorting. |
|
||||||
|
| [design-systems](./design-systems) | 8 | 3 | Build and maintain design systems: tokens, components, accessibility, theming, and documentation. |
|
||||||
|
| [ux-strategy](./ux-strategy) | 8 | 3 | Shape product direction: competitive analysis, design principles, experience mapping, and alignment. |
|
||||||
|
| [ui-design](./ui-design) | 9 | 4 | Craft polished interfaces: layout grids, color systems, typography, responsive design, and data viz. |
|
||||||
|
| [interaction-design](./interaction-design) | 7 | 3 | Design meaningful interactions: micro-animations, state machines, gestures, error handling, and feedback. |
|
||||||
|
| [prototyping-testing](./prototyping-testing) | 8 | 4 | Validate designs: prototyping strategies, usability testing, heuristic evaluation, and A/B experiments. |
|
||||||
|
| [design-ops](./design-ops) | 7 | 3 | Streamline operations: critique frameworks, handoff specs, sprint planning, and team workflows. |
|
||||||
|
| [designer-toolkit](./designer-toolkit) | 6 | 3 | Essential utilities: design rationale, presentations, case studies, UX writing, and system adoption. |
|
||||||
|
## Quick Start
|
||||||
|
### Install a Single Plugin
|
||||||
|
```bash
|
||||||
|
claude install github:Owl-Listener/designer-skills/design-research
|
||||||
|
```
|
||||||
|
### Install All Plugins
|
||||||
|
```bash
|
||||||
|
claude install github:Owl-Listener/designer-skills
|
||||||
|
```
|
||||||
|
## What Are Skills and Commands?
|
||||||
|
- **Skills** are domain knowledge units (nouns). They teach Claude about a design topic — like creating user personas, defining design tokens, or writing error messages.
|
||||||
|
- **Commands** are workflows (verbs). They chain multiple skills together to accomplish a task — like running a full design system audit or planning a usability test.
|
||||||
|
## All Commands
|
||||||
|
| Command | Plugin | Description |
|
||||||
|
|---------|--------|-------------|
|
||||||
|
| `/discover` | design-research | Run a full user research discovery cycle. |
|
||||||
|
| `/interview` | design-research | Prepare and conduct a user interview. |
|
||||||
|
| `/test-plan` | design-research | Create a usability test plan. |
|
||||||
|
| `/synthesize` | design-research | Synthesize research data into insights. |
|
||||||
|
| `/audit-system` | design-systems | Audit a design system for consistency and accessibility. |
|
||||||
|
| `/create-component` | design-systems | Scaffold a full component specification. |
|
||||||
|
| `/tokenize` | design-systems | Extract and organize design tokens. |
|
||||||
|
| `/strategize` | ux-strategy | Develop a complete UX strategy. |
|
||||||
|
| `/benchmark` | ux-strategy | Run a competitive benchmarking analysis. |
|
||||||
|
| `/frame-problem` | ux-strategy | Structure an ambiguous challenge into a clear problem. |
|
||||||
|
| `/design-screen` | ui-design | Design a complete screen layout. |
|
||||||
|
| `/color-palette` | ui-design | Generate a full color palette with accessibility checks. |
|
||||||
|
| `/type-system` | ui-design | Create a complete typography system. |
|
||||||
|
| `/responsive-audit` | ui-design | Audit a design for responsive behavior. |
|
||||||
|
| `/design-interaction` | interaction-design | Design a complete interaction flow. |
|
||||||
|
| `/map-states` | interaction-design | Model states and transitions for a component. |
|
||||||
|
| `/error-flow` | interaction-design | Design error handling for a feature. |
|
||||||
|
| `/prototype-plan` | prototyping-testing | Create a prototyping and testing plan. |
|
||||||
|
| `/evaluate` | prototyping-testing | Run a heuristic evaluation. |
|
||||||
|
| `/test-plan` | prototyping-testing | Design a complete usability testing plan. |
|
||||||
|
| `/experiment` | prototyping-testing | Design an A/B experiment. |
|
||||||
|
| `/plan-sprint` | design-ops | Plan a design sprint. |
|
||||||
|
| `/handoff` | design-ops | Generate a developer handoff package. |
|
||||||
|
| `/setup-workflow` | design-ops | Set up a design team workflow. |
|
||||||
|
| `/write-rationale` | designer-toolkit | Write design rationale for decisions. |
|
||||||
|
| `/build-presentation` | designer-toolkit | Structure a design presentation. |
|
||||||
|
| `/write-case-study` | designer-toolkit | Create a portfolio case study. |
|
||||||
|
## Contributing
|
||||||
|
See [CONTRIBUTING.md](./CONTRIBUTING.md) for guidelines on adding new skills, commands, and plugins.
|
||||||
|
## License
|
||||||
|
MIT — see [LICENSE](./LICENSE).
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
9
design-ops/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
9
design-ops/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "design-ops",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Streamline design operations with critique frameworks, handoff specs, sprint planning, review processes, and team workflows.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["design-ops", "critique", "handoff", "sprint", "workflow", "review"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
14
design-ops/README.md
Normal file
14
design-ops/README.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||||
|
# design-ops
|
||||||
|
Streamline design operations with critique frameworks, handoff specs, sprint planning, review processes, and team workflows.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (7)
|
||||||
|
- **design-critique** — Facilitate structured design critiques with clear feedback frameworks and actionable outcomes.
|
||||||
|
- **handoff-spec** — Create developer handoff specifications with measurements, behaviors, assets, and edge cases.
|
||||||
|
- **design-sprint-plan** — Plan and facilitate design sprints from challenge framing through prototype testing.
|
||||||
|
- **design-review-process** — Establish design review gates with criteria, checklists, and approval workflows.
|
||||||
|
- **version-control-strategy** — Define version control strategies for design files, components, and libraries.
|
||||||
|
- **design-qa-checklist** — Create QA checklists for verifying design implementation accuracy.
|
||||||
|
- **team-workflow** — Design team workflows covering task management, collaboration rituals, and tooling.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/plan-sprint` — Plan a design sprint for a specific challenge.
|
||||||
|
- `/handoff` — Generate a developer handoff package for a design.
|
||||||
|
- `/setup-workflow` — Set up a design team workflow and rituals.
|
||||||
16
design-ops/commands/handoff.md
Normal file
16
design-ops/commands/handoff.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Generate a developer handoff package for a design.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[screen, feature, or component to hand off]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /handoff
|
||||||
|
Generate a developer handoff package.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Visual specs** — Document all measurements and tokens using `handoff-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Interaction specs** — Define states and behaviors using `handoff-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **QA criteria** — Create implementation checklist using `design-qa-checklist` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Review readiness** — Verify against review criteria using `design-review-process` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Version** — Tag the design version being handed off using `version-control-strategy` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Package** — Compile all specs, assets, and notes.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete handoff package with visual specs, interaction specs, asset list, QA checklist, and implementation notes.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/setup-workflow` to establish the ongoing QA process.
|
||||||
16
design-ops/commands/plan-sprint.md
Normal file
16
design-ops/commands/plan-sprint.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Plan a design sprint for a specific challenge.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[challenge or problem area for the sprint]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /plan-sprint
|
||||||
|
Plan a design sprint.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Frame the challenge** — Define the sprint question and scope using `design-sprint-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Assemble the team** — Identify roles and participants using `team-workflow` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Plan activities** — Structure each day's activities using `design-sprint-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Prepare materials** — Define prototyping approach and testing plan.
|
||||||
|
5. **Recruit testers** — Plan user testing sessions for the final day.
|
||||||
|
6. **Set review criteria** — Define how sprint outcomes will be evaluated using `design-review-process` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete sprint plan with challenge statement, team roster, daily schedules, materials list, testing plan, and success criteria.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/handoff` after the sprint to document the winning concept.
|
||||||
16
design-ops/commands/setup-workflow.md
Normal file
16
design-ops/commands/setup-workflow.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Set up a design team workflow and rituals.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[team size and context, e.g., '4-person design team in a startup' or 'design system team']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /setup-workflow
|
||||||
|
Set up a design team workflow.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Team structure** — Define roles and responsibilities using `team-workflow` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Rituals** — Establish collaboration cadence using `team-workflow` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Critique process** — Set up design critique format using `design-critique` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Review gates** — Define quality checkpoints using `design-review-process` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Versioning** — Establish file and library versioning using `version-control-strategy` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **QA process** — Set up design QA workflow using `design-qa-checklist` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Team workflow document with rituals calendar, critique format, review process, versioning strategy, QA checklist, and tooling recommendations.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/plan-sprint` to kick off your first project with the new workflow.
|
||||||
44
design-ops/skills/design-critique/SKILL.md
Normal file
44
design-ops/skills/design-critique/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-critique
|
||||||
|
description: Facilitate structured design critiques with clear feedback frameworks and actionable outcomes.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design Critique
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in facilitating productive design critiques that improve work and grow teams.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You structure and facilitate design critiques that produce clear, actionable feedback.
|
||||||
|
## Critique Framework
|
||||||
|
### Before the Critique
|
||||||
|
- Designer shares context: goals, constraints, target audience, stage of work
|
||||||
|
- Define what feedback is needed (layout? flow? copy? everything?)
|
||||||
|
- Set the rules: constructive, specific, actionable
|
||||||
|
### During the Critique
|
||||||
|
1. **Present** (5 min) — Designer walks through the work and goals
|
||||||
|
2. **Clarify** (5 min) — Questions to understand, not judge
|
||||||
|
3. **Feedback rounds** — Structured by category or priority
|
||||||
|
4. **Discuss** — Open conversation on key tensions
|
||||||
|
5. **Capture** — Document decisions and action items
|
||||||
|
### Feedback Format
|
||||||
|
- 'I notice...' (observation, not judgment)
|
||||||
|
- 'I wonder...' (question or exploration)
|
||||||
|
- 'What if...' (suggestion or alternative)
|
||||||
|
- 'I think... because...' (opinion with rationale)
|
||||||
|
### After the Critique
|
||||||
|
- Designer summarizes takeaways
|
||||||
|
- Action items with owners and deadlines
|
||||||
|
- Follow-up review if needed
|
||||||
|
## Critique Types
|
||||||
|
- **Desk crit**: Informal, 1-on-1, quick feedback
|
||||||
|
- **Team crit**: Scheduled, structured, full team
|
||||||
|
- **Cross-team crit**: Fresh eyes from outside the project
|
||||||
|
- **Stakeholder review**: Decision-focused, approval-oriented
|
||||||
|
## Common Pitfalls
|
||||||
|
- Designing by committee (too many opinions, no direction)
|
||||||
|
- Focusing on personal preference instead of user needs
|
||||||
|
- Critiquing too early (exploring) or too late (polishing)
|
||||||
|
- No clear next steps
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Separate exploration critiques from refinement critiques
|
||||||
|
- Critique the work, not the person
|
||||||
|
- Always tie feedback to goals and user needs
|
||||||
|
- Rotate the facilitator role
|
||||||
|
- Make critique a regular ritual, not an event
|
||||||
57
design-ops/skills/design-qa-checklist/SKILL.md
Normal file
57
design-ops/skills/design-qa-checklist/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-qa-checklist
|
||||||
|
description: Create QA checklists for verifying design implementation accuracy.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design QA Checklist
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating systematic QA checklists for verifying design implementation.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create checklists that help designers systematically verify that implementations match design specifications.
|
||||||
|
## QA Categories
|
||||||
|
### Visual Accuracy
|
||||||
|
- Colors match design tokens
|
||||||
|
- Typography matches specified styles
|
||||||
|
- Spacing and sizing match specs
|
||||||
|
- Border radius, shadows, opacity correct
|
||||||
|
- Icons are correct size and color
|
||||||
|
- Images are correct aspect ratio and quality
|
||||||
|
### Layout
|
||||||
|
- Grid alignment is correct
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior matches specs at each breakpoint
|
||||||
|
- Content reflows properly
|
||||||
|
- No unexpected overflow or clipping
|
||||||
|
- Minimum and maximum widths respected
|
||||||
|
### Interaction
|
||||||
|
- All states render correctly (default, hover, focus, active, disabled)
|
||||||
|
- Transitions and animations match specs
|
||||||
|
- Click/touch targets are adequate size (44px minimum)
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard navigation works in correct order
|
||||||
|
- Focus indicators are visible
|
||||||
|
### Content
|
||||||
|
- Real content fits the layout (no lorem ipsum in production)
|
||||||
|
- Truncation works as specified
|
||||||
|
- Empty states display correctly
|
||||||
|
- Error messages are correct
|
||||||
|
- Loading states appear as designed
|
||||||
|
### Accessibility
|
||||||
|
- Screen reader announces correctly
|
||||||
|
- Color contrast meets WCAG AA
|
||||||
|
- Focus management works
|
||||||
|
- ARIA labels and roles are correct
|
||||||
|
- Reduced motion is respected
|
||||||
|
### Cross-Platform
|
||||||
|
- Works in required browsers
|
||||||
|
- Works on required devices
|
||||||
|
- Handles different text sizes (OS accessibility settings)
|
||||||
|
- Handles different screen densities
|
||||||
|
## QA Process
|
||||||
|
1. Self-review by developer against checklist
|
||||||
|
2. Designer visual QA pass
|
||||||
|
3. File bugs with screenshots comparing design vs implementation
|
||||||
|
4. Prioritize bugs by severity
|
||||||
|
5. Verify fixes
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- QA against the design spec, not memory
|
||||||
|
- Test with real content and data
|
||||||
|
- Check edge cases, not just happy paths
|
||||||
|
- Use browser dev tools to verify exact values
|
||||||
|
- Document recurring issues for prevention
|
||||||
51
design-ops/skills/design-review-process/SKILL.md
Normal file
51
design-ops/skills/design-review-process/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-review-process
|
||||||
|
description: Establish design review gates with criteria, checklists, and approval workflows.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design Review Process
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in establishing design review processes that maintain quality without slowing teams down.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create review processes with clear gates, criteria, and workflows that ensure design quality.
|
||||||
|
## Review Gates
|
||||||
|
### Gate 1: Concept Review
|
||||||
|
- Problem clearly defined
|
||||||
|
- User needs supported by research
|
||||||
|
- Multiple concepts explored
|
||||||
|
- Strategic alignment confirmed
|
||||||
|
- Stakeholder input gathered
|
||||||
|
### Gate 2: Design Review
|
||||||
|
- Visual design meets brand standards
|
||||||
|
- Interaction patterns are consistent
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior defined
|
||||||
|
- Content strategy applied
|
||||||
|
- Design system components used
|
||||||
|
### Gate 3: Pre-Handoff Review
|
||||||
|
- All states designed (empty, loading, error, success)
|
||||||
|
- Edge cases addressed
|
||||||
|
- Accessibility requirements met
|
||||||
|
- Handoff specs complete
|
||||||
|
- Developer walkthrough done
|
||||||
|
### Gate 4: Implementation QA
|
||||||
|
- Design matches specification
|
||||||
|
- Interactions work as designed
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior verified
|
||||||
|
- Accessibility tested
|
||||||
|
- Cross-browser/device checked
|
||||||
|
## Review Criteria
|
||||||
|
- Does it solve the user problem?
|
||||||
|
- Is it consistent with the design system?
|
||||||
|
- Is it accessible (WCAG AA)?
|
||||||
|
- Are all states and edge cases covered?
|
||||||
|
- Is it feasible to implement?
|
||||||
|
## Approval Workflow
|
||||||
|
- Designer self-review against checklist
|
||||||
|
- Peer design review
|
||||||
|
- Design lead sign-off
|
||||||
|
- Stakeholder approval (if required)
|
||||||
|
- Developer acceptance
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Not every project needs every gate
|
||||||
|
- Scale the process to project size and risk
|
||||||
|
- Use checklists to make reviews objective
|
||||||
|
- Time-box reviews to prevent endless cycles
|
||||||
|
- Document review decisions and rationale
|
||||||
51
design-ops/skills/design-sprint-plan/SKILL.md
Normal file
51
design-ops/skills/design-sprint-plan/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-sprint-plan
|
||||||
|
description: Plan and facilitate design sprints from challenge framing through prototype testing.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design Sprint Plan
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in planning and facilitating design sprints.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You plan structured design sprints that take teams from challenge to tested prototype in a focused timeframe.
|
||||||
|
## Sprint Structure (5-Day Classic)
|
||||||
|
### Day 1: Understand
|
||||||
|
- Define the challenge and sprint questions
|
||||||
|
- Expert interviews and lightning talks
|
||||||
|
- Map the user journey
|
||||||
|
- Choose a target area to focus on
|
||||||
|
### Day 2: Diverge
|
||||||
|
- Lightning demos of inspiration
|
||||||
|
- Individual sketching (Crazy 8s, solution sketches)
|
||||||
|
- Silent critique and heat map voting
|
||||||
|
- Decision on direction
|
||||||
|
### Day 3: Decide
|
||||||
|
- Review solutions
|
||||||
|
- Storyboard the prototype flow
|
||||||
|
- Assign roles for prototype creation
|
||||||
|
- Plan what to test
|
||||||
|
### Day 4: Prototype
|
||||||
|
- Build a realistic facade prototype
|
||||||
|
- Divide and conquer (screens, content, flow)
|
||||||
|
- Stitch together and rehearse
|
||||||
|
- Confirm test logistics
|
||||||
|
### Day 5: Test
|
||||||
|
- 5 user interviews with prototype
|
||||||
|
- Observe and take notes
|
||||||
|
- Debrief after each session
|
||||||
|
- Synthesize patterns and decide next steps
|
||||||
|
## Sprint Variations
|
||||||
|
- **Mini sprint** (2-3 days): Compressed for smaller challenges
|
||||||
|
- **Remote sprint**: Adapted for distributed teams with digital tools
|
||||||
|
- **Discovery sprint**: Focus on understanding (days 1-2 only)
|
||||||
|
## Planning Checklist
|
||||||
|
- Challenge statement defined
|
||||||
|
- Decision maker identified
|
||||||
|
- Team assembled (5-7 people, cross-functional)
|
||||||
|
- Room and materials booked
|
||||||
|
- Users recruited for day 5
|
||||||
|
- Schedules cleared for full week
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Get a decision maker in the room
|
||||||
|
- No devices during working sessions
|
||||||
|
- Follow the process even when it feels slow
|
||||||
|
- Document everything (photos, notes)
|
||||||
|
- Plan the follow-up before the sprint ends
|
||||||
46
design-ops/skills/handoff-spec/SKILL.md
Normal file
46
design-ops/skills/handoff-spec/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: handoff-spec
|
||||||
|
description: Create developer handoff specifications with measurements, behaviors, assets, and edge cases.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Handoff Spec
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating clear, complete developer handoff specifications.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create handoff documents that give developers everything needed to implement a design accurately.
|
||||||
|
## Handoff Contents
|
||||||
|
### Visual Specifications
|
||||||
|
- Spacing and sizing (exact pixel values or token references)
|
||||||
|
- Color values (token names, not hex codes)
|
||||||
|
- Typography (style name, size, weight, line-height)
|
||||||
|
- Border radius, shadows, opacity values
|
||||||
|
- Responsive breakpoint behavior
|
||||||
|
### Interaction Specifications
|
||||||
|
- State definitions (default, hover, focus, active, disabled)
|
||||||
|
- Transitions and animations (duration, easing, properties)
|
||||||
|
- Gesture behaviors (swipe, drag, pinch)
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard interactions (tab order, shortcuts)
|
||||||
|
### Content Specifications
|
||||||
|
- Character limits and truncation behavior
|
||||||
|
- Dynamic content rules (what changes, min/max)
|
||||||
|
- Localization considerations (text expansion, RTL)
|
||||||
|
- Empty, loading, and error state content
|
||||||
|
### Asset Delivery
|
||||||
|
- Icons (SVG, named per convention)
|
||||||
|
- Images (resolution, format, responsive variants)
|
||||||
|
- Fonts (files or service links)
|
||||||
|
- Any custom illustrations or graphics
|
||||||
|
### Edge Cases
|
||||||
|
- Minimum and maximum content scenarios
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior at each breakpoint
|
||||||
|
- Browser/device-specific considerations
|
||||||
|
- Accessibility requirements (ARIA, keyboard, screen reader)
|
||||||
|
### Implementation Notes
|
||||||
|
- Component reuse suggestions
|
||||||
|
- Data structure assumptions
|
||||||
|
- API dependencies
|
||||||
|
- Performance considerations
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Use design tokens, not raw values
|
||||||
|
- Annotate behavior, not just appearance
|
||||||
|
- Include all states, not just the happy path
|
||||||
|
- Provide redlines for complex layouts
|
||||||
|
- Walk through the handoff with the developer
|
||||||
52
design-ops/skills/team-workflow/SKILL.md
Normal file
52
design-ops/skills/team-workflow/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: team-workflow
|
||||||
|
description: Design team workflows covering task management, collaboration rituals, and tooling.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Team Workflow
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing efficient design team workflows and collaboration practices.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design workflows that help design teams collaborate effectively, manage work, and deliver quality.
|
||||||
|
## Workflow Components
|
||||||
|
### Task Management
|
||||||
|
- How work is tracked (boards, tickets, sprints)
|
||||||
|
- Status definitions (backlog, in progress, in review, done)
|
||||||
|
- Priority levels and how they are assigned
|
||||||
|
- Capacity planning and workload balancing
|
||||||
|
### Collaboration Rituals
|
||||||
|
- **Standup** (daily/async): What are you working on, any blockers
|
||||||
|
- **Design critique** (weekly): Structured feedback sessions
|
||||||
|
- **Design review** (per milestone): Quality gate checkpoints
|
||||||
|
- **Retrospective** (per sprint/month): Process improvement
|
||||||
|
- **Show and tell** (bi-weekly): Share work with broader team
|
||||||
|
### Communication Norms
|
||||||
|
- When to use sync vs async communication
|
||||||
|
- Response time expectations per channel
|
||||||
|
- How to request feedback
|
||||||
|
- How to share decisions and context
|
||||||
|
- Documentation requirements
|
||||||
|
### Tooling Stack
|
||||||
|
- Design tools (Figma, Sketch, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Prototyping tools
|
||||||
|
- Project management (Jira, Linear, Asana, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Communication (Slack, Teams, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Documentation (Notion, Confluence, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Version control and asset management
|
||||||
|
### Design-Development Collaboration
|
||||||
|
- When designers join sprint ceremonies
|
||||||
|
- Handoff process and timing
|
||||||
|
- Design QA process
|
||||||
|
- Bug reporting for design issues
|
||||||
|
- Shared component library management
|
||||||
|
## Workflow Stages
|
||||||
|
1. **Discovery**: Research and problem framing
|
||||||
|
2. **Exploration**: Concept generation and evaluation
|
||||||
|
3. **Refinement**: Detailed design and specification
|
||||||
|
4. **Handoff**: Developer delivery and support
|
||||||
|
5. **QA**: Implementation verification
|
||||||
|
6. **Iteration**: Post-launch improvement
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Document the workflow and make it visible
|
||||||
|
- Review and adapt the workflow regularly
|
||||||
|
- Optimize for the team's actual needs, not theory
|
||||||
|
- Balance structure with flexibility
|
||||||
|
- Automate repetitive tasks where possible
|
||||||
44
design-ops/skills/version-control-strategy/SKILL.md
Normal file
44
design-ops/skills/version-control-strategy/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: version-control-strategy
|
||||||
|
description: Define version control strategies for design files, components, and libraries.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Version Control Strategy
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in managing design file versions, component libraries, and design assets.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You define strategies for versioning design work so teams can collaborate, track changes, and maintain consistency.
|
||||||
|
## What to Version
|
||||||
|
- Design files (Figma, Sketch, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Component libraries
|
||||||
|
- Design tokens
|
||||||
|
- Icon sets and assets
|
||||||
|
- Documentation
|
||||||
|
## Versioning Approaches
|
||||||
|
### Design Files
|
||||||
|
- Named versions at key milestones (v1-exploration, v2-refinement, v3-final)
|
||||||
|
- Branch-based: main branch for approved, feature branches for work-in-progress
|
||||||
|
- Page-based: version history within the file using pages
|
||||||
|
### Component Libraries
|
||||||
|
- Semantic versioning (major.minor.patch)
|
||||||
|
- Major: breaking changes (renamed components, removed props)
|
||||||
|
- Minor: new components or features (backward compatible)
|
||||||
|
- Patch: bug fixes and refinements
|
||||||
|
### Design Tokens
|
||||||
|
- Version alongside the component library
|
||||||
|
- Changelog documenting token additions, changes, removals
|
||||||
|
- Migration guides for breaking changes
|
||||||
|
## Branching Strategy
|
||||||
|
- Main: production-ready, approved designs
|
||||||
|
- Feature branches: work-in-progress designs
|
||||||
|
- Review process before merging to main
|
||||||
|
- Archive old versions, don't delete
|
||||||
|
## Changelog Practices
|
||||||
|
- Document what changed and why
|
||||||
|
- Link to relevant design decisions
|
||||||
|
- Note breaking changes prominently
|
||||||
|
- Include migration instructions
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Version at meaningful milestones, not every save
|
||||||
|
- Name versions descriptively
|
||||||
|
- Keep a changelog
|
||||||
|
- Communicate changes to consumers (developers, other designers)
|
||||||
|
- Archive rather than delete old versions
|
||||||
|
|
@ -2,10 +2,7 @@
|
||||||
"name": "design-systems",
|
"name": "design-systems",
|
||||||
"version": "1.0.0",
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
"description": "Build, document, and maintain scalable design systems — from tokens and components to accessibility and theming.",
|
"description": "Build, document, and maintain scalable design systems — from tokens and components to accessibility and theming.",
|
||||||
"author": {
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
"name": "MC Dean",
|
|
||||||
"url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/"
|
|
||||||
},
|
|
||||||
"keywords": ["design-systems", "tokens", "components", "accessibility", "theming"],
|
"keywords": ["design-systems", "tokens", "components", "accessibility", "theming"],
|
||||||
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
"license": "MIT"
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
|
|
||||||
15
design-systems/README.md
Normal file
15
design-systems/README.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||||
|
# design-systems
|
||||||
|
Build, document, and maintain scalable design systems — from tokens and components to accessibility and theming.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (8)
|
||||||
|
- **design-token** — Define and organize design tokens with naming conventions and usage guidance.
|
||||||
|
- **component-spec** — Write a detailed component specification including props, states, variants, and accessibility.
|
||||||
|
- **pattern-library** — Structure a pattern library entry with problem context, solution, and examples.
|
||||||
|
- **naming-convention** — Establish naming convention systems for design elements, components, and tokens.
|
||||||
|
- **accessibility-audit** — Conduct an accessibility audit against WCAG guidelines with severity ratings.
|
||||||
|
- **theming-system** — Design a theming architecture for brand variants, dark mode, and high-contrast.
|
||||||
|
- **icon-system** — Create an icon system specification covering grid, sizing, naming, and categories.
|
||||||
|
- **documentation-template** — Generate structured documentation templates for design system artifacts.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/audit-system` — Audit a design system for consistency, completeness, and accessibility.
|
||||||
|
- `/create-component` — Scaffold a full component specification from a name or description.
|
||||||
|
- `/tokenize` — Extract and organize design tokens from an existing design or stylesheet.
|
||||||
17
design-systems/commands/audit-system.md
Normal file
17
design-systems/commands/audit-system.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Run a comprehensive audit of an existing design system for consistency, completeness, and accessibility.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[design system name or description of what to audit]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /audit-system
|
||||||
|
Audit the specified design system or component library.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Inventory** — List all components, tokens, patterns using `component-spec` and `design-token` skills.
|
||||||
|
2. **Consistency** — Evaluate naming using `naming-convention` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Completeness** — Check for missing states/docs using `documentation-template` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Accessibility** — Review against WCAG 2.2 AA using `accessibility-audit` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Token coverage** — Verify token usage using `design-token` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Theming** — Check theme support using `theming-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Report** — Prioritized findings with severity ratings.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Audit report with executive summary, issue counts by severity, detailed findings, and remediation roadmap.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/create-component` or `/tokenize`.
|
||||||
18
design-systems/commands/create-component.md
Normal file
18
design-systems/commands/create-component.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Scaffold a full component specification from a name or description.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[component name, e.g., 'date picker' or 'notification banner']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /create-component
|
||||||
|
Generate a comprehensive component specification.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Research** — Understand purpose and common implementations.
|
||||||
|
2. **Anatomy** — Break down parts using `component-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Variants** — Define size, style, layout variants.
|
||||||
|
4. **States** — Map interactive states using `component-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Tokens** — Identify consumed tokens using `design-token` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Accessibility** — Specify ARIA, keyboard, screen reader using `accessibility-audit` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Naming** — Follow conventions using `naming-convention` skill.
|
||||||
|
8. **Documentation** — Structure using `documentation-template` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete spec: overview, anatomy, props/API, variants, states, accessibility, usage guidelines, tokens.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/audit-system`.
|
||||||
17
design-systems/commands/tokenize.md
Normal file
17
design-systems/commands/tokenize.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Extract and organize design tokens from an existing design or stylesheet.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[CSS file, design file, or description of values to tokenize]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /tokenize
|
||||||
|
Extract hard-coded values and organize into a structured token system.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Extract** — Scan for all visual values.
|
||||||
|
2. **Deduplicate** — Group similar values using `design-token` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Categorize** — Organize by category.
|
||||||
|
4. **Hierarchy** — Define global/semantic/component tiers using `design-token` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Naming** — Apply conventions using `naming-convention` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Themes** — Map variants using `theming-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Document** — Generate reference using `documentation-template` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Token specification with inventory, hierarchy, theme mapping, and migration guide.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/audit-system`.
|
||||||
26
design-systems/skills/accessibility-audit/SKILL.md
Normal file
26
design-systems/skills/accessibility-audit/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: accessibility-audit
|
||||||
|
description: Conduct a comprehensive accessibility audit against WCAG guidelines with severity ratings and remediation steps.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Accessibility Audit
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in digital accessibility, WCAG guidelines, and inclusive design.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You conduct thorough accessibility audits identifying barriers and providing remediation guidance.
|
||||||
|
## WCAG 2.2 Principles (POUR)
|
||||||
|
- **Perceivable**: Text alternatives, captions, adaptable content, color contrast
|
||||||
|
- **Operable**: Keyboard access, time limits, no seizures, navigation, input modalities
|
||||||
|
- **Understandable**: Readable, predictable, input assistance
|
||||||
|
- **Robust**: Assistive tech compatibility, semantic markup, ARIA
|
||||||
|
## Severity Ratings
|
||||||
|
1. Critical — blocks access entirely
|
||||||
|
2. Major — significant difficulty
|
||||||
|
3. Minor — inconvenience with workarounds
|
||||||
|
4. Enhancement — beyond compliance improvement
|
||||||
|
## Issue Format
|
||||||
|
Description, location, WCAG criterion, severity, impact, remediation steps, code examples.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Test with real assistive technologies
|
||||||
|
- Include users with disabilities when possible
|
||||||
|
- Audit across devices and browsers
|
||||||
|
- Check static and interactive states
|
||||||
|
- Prioritize by severity and user impact
|
||||||
23
design-systems/skills/component-spec/SKILL.md
Normal file
23
design-systems/skills/component-spec/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: component-spec
|
||||||
|
description: Write a detailed component specification including props, states, variants, accessibility requirements, and usage guidelines.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Component Spec
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in writing thorough, implementable component specifications for design systems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create complete component specs covering anatomy, behavior, variants, states, accessibility, and usage.
|
||||||
|
## Specification Structure
|
||||||
|
1. **Overview** — Name, description, when to use / not use
|
||||||
|
2. **Anatomy** — Visual breakdown, required vs optional elements
|
||||||
|
3. **Variants** — Size (sm/md/lg), style (primary/secondary/ghost), layout
|
||||||
|
4. **Props/API** — Name, type, default, description, required status
|
||||||
|
5. **States** — Default, hover, focus, active, disabled, loading, error
|
||||||
|
6. **Behavior** — Interactions, animations, responsive behavior, edge cases
|
||||||
|
7. **Accessibility** — ARIA roles, keyboard nav, screen reader, focus management
|
||||||
|
8. **Usage Guidelines** — Do/don't examples, content rules, related components
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Write for both designers and developers
|
||||||
|
- Include examples for every variant and state
|
||||||
|
- Specify behavior, not just appearance
|
||||||
|
- Consider all input methods
|
||||||
|
- Document edge cases explicitly
|
||||||
27
design-systems/skills/design-token/SKILL.md
Normal file
27
design-systems/skills/design-token/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-token
|
||||||
|
description: Define and organize design tokens (color, spacing, typography, elevation) with naming conventions and usage guidance.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design Token
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in design token architecture and systematic design foundations.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help define, organize, and document design tokens — the atomic values that drive visual consistency. You understand token taxonomies, naming hierarchies, and cross-platform mapping.
|
||||||
|
## Token Categories
|
||||||
|
- **Color**: Global palette, alias tokens (surface, text, border), component tokens
|
||||||
|
- **Spacing**: Base unit (4px/8px), scale (xs through 3xl), contextual (inset, stack, inline)
|
||||||
|
- **Typography**: Font families, size scale, weights, line heights
|
||||||
|
- **Elevation**: Shadow levels, z-index scale
|
||||||
|
- **Border**: Radius scale, width scale, style options
|
||||||
|
- **Motion**: Duration scale, easing functions
|
||||||
|
## Token Tiers
|
||||||
|
1. **Global tokens** — Raw values (e.g., blue-500: #3B82F6)
|
||||||
|
2. **Alias tokens** — Semantic references (e.g., color-action-primary)
|
||||||
|
3. **Component tokens** — Scoped usage (e.g., button-color-primary)
|
||||||
|
## Naming Convention
|
||||||
|
Pattern: {category}-{property}-{variant}-{state}
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Start with global tokens, then create semantic aliases
|
||||||
|
- Never reference raw values in components
|
||||||
|
- Document each token with usage context
|
||||||
|
- Version tokens alongside your design system
|
||||||
|
- Support theming by keeping alias tokens abstract
|
||||||
27
design-systems/skills/documentation-template/SKILL.md
Normal file
27
design-systems/skills/documentation-template/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: documentation-template
|
||||||
|
description: Generate structured documentation templates for components, patterns, or guidelines within a design system.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Documentation Template
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating consistent documentation structures for design systems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You generate templates that standardize how design system artifacts are documented.
|
||||||
|
## Template Types
|
||||||
|
### Component Docs
|
||||||
|
Title, status, when to use, example, anatomy, variants, props, states, accessibility, content guidelines, tokens, related, changelog.
|
||||||
|
### Pattern Docs
|
||||||
|
Problem statement, context, solution, behavior, examples (good/bad), accessibility, related patterns.
|
||||||
|
### Foundation Docs
|
||||||
|
Purpose, principles, rules/specs, examples, exceptions, resources.
|
||||||
|
## Standards
|
||||||
|
- Consistent heading hierarchy
|
||||||
|
- Table of contents for long pages
|
||||||
|
- Tables for comparisons
|
||||||
|
- Code alongside visuals
|
||||||
|
- Status indicators for maturity
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Audit freshness quarterly
|
||||||
|
- Generate from code where possible
|
||||||
|
- Test with new team members
|
||||||
|
- Write in second person
|
||||||
|
- Lead with important info first
|
||||||
27
design-systems/skills/icon-system/SKILL.md
Normal file
27
design-systems/skills/icon-system/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: icon-system
|
||||||
|
description: Create an icon system specification covering grid, sizing, naming, categories, and implementation guidance.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Icon System
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing and maintaining comprehensive icon systems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create icon system specs ensuring visual consistency and scalable management.
|
||||||
|
## Foundations
|
||||||
|
- **Grid**: Base size (24x24px), keylines, stroke width, corner radius
|
||||||
|
- **Sizes**: XS (12-16px), S (20px), M (24px), L (32px), XL (48px+)
|
||||||
|
- **Style**: Stroke, filled, duotone — when to use each
|
||||||
|
## Naming
|
||||||
|
icon-[category]-[name]-[variant]
|
||||||
|
Categories: action, navigation, content, communication, social, status, file, device
|
||||||
|
## Delivery
|
||||||
|
SVG source, sprite sheets, component wrappers, Figma library
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility
|
||||||
|
- Label or aria-hidden for every icon
|
||||||
|
- Pair with text for critical actions
|
||||||
|
- Sufficient contrast
|
||||||
|
- 44x44px minimum touch targets
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Audit and remove unused icons
|
||||||
|
- Establish contribution workflow
|
||||||
|
- Version alongside design system
|
||||||
|
- Test at every supported size
|
||||||
26
design-systems/skills/naming-convention/SKILL.md
Normal file
26
design-systems/skills/naming-convention/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: naming-convention
|
||||||
|
description: Establish a naming convention system for design elements, components, and tokens with clear rules and examples.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Naming Convention
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating clear, scalable naming systems for design assets, components, and tokens.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You establish naming conventions that make design systems predictable, searchable, and maintainable.
|
||||||
|
## Principles
|
||||||
|
1. Predictable 2. Consistent 3. Scalable 4. Scannable 5. Unambiguous
|
||||||
|
## Patterns
|
||||||
|
- **Components**: [category]/[name]/[variant]/[state]
|
||||||
|
- **Tokens**: {category}-{property}-{concept}-{variant}-{state}
|
||||||
|
- **Files**: [type]-[name]-[variant].[ext]
|
||||||
|
- **Design files**: Numbered + descriptive pages, PascalCase components
|
||||||
|
- **Code**: kebab-case CSS, PascalCase React, camelCase props
|
||||||
|
- **Assets**: icon-[name]-[size], illust-[scene]-[variant]
|
||||||
|
## Common Pitfalls
|
||||||
|
- Abbreviations only the author understands
|
||||||
|
- Inconsistent separators
|
||||||
|
- Names based on visual properties instead of purpose
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Document rules in a single reference page
|
||||||
|
- Automate name linting
|
||||||
|
- Use prefixes for sorting and grouping
|
||||||
|
- Review names in team critiques
|
||||||
24
design-systems/skills/pattern-library/SKILL.md
Normal file
24
design-systems/skills/pattern-library/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: pattern-library
|
||||||
|
description: Structure a pattern library entry with problem context, solution pattern, usage examples, and related patterns.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Pattern Library
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in documenting reusable design patterns that solve recurring UX problems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create pattern library entries capturing design knowledge in a reusable format.
|
||||||
|
## Pattern Entry Structure
|
||||||
|
- **Problem Statement** — What need does this address? What contexts?
|
||||||
|
- **Solution** — The pattern, key principles, visual/interaction description
|
||||||
|
- **Anatomy** — Components, layout, required vs optional elements
|
||||||
|
- **Variants** — Context-specific implementations, responsive adaptations
|
||||||
|
- **Behavior** — User flow, state changes, error handling
|
||||||
|
- **Examples** — Good implementations and anti-patterns with explanations
|
||||||
|
- **Accessibility** — Inclusive design considerations, assistive tech support
|
||||||
|
- **Related Patterns** — Similar patterns, commonly combined, builds upon
|
||||||
|
## Categories
|
||||||
|
Navigation, input, display, feedback, onboarding
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Focus on problem first, solution second
|
||||||
|
- Include real examples and anti-patterns
|
||||||
|
- Connect patterns into a knowledge graph
|
||||||
|
- Update as research reveals new insights
|
||||||
29
design-systems/skills/theming-system/SKILL.md
Normal file
29
design-systems/skills/theming-system/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: theming-system
|
||||||
|
description: Design a theming architecture that supports brand variants, dark mode, and high-contrast modes with token mapping.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Theming System
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in flexible theming architectures for multi-brand, multi-mode design systems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design theming systems allowing one component library to support multiple visual themes through token mapping.
|
||||||
|
## Architecture
|
||||||
|
- **Layer 1**: Global tokens (raw palette)
|
||||||
|
- **Layer 2**: Semantic tokens (purpose-driven aliases) — themes override here
|
||||||
|
- **Layer 3**: Component tokens (scoped)
|
||||||
|
## Theme Types
|
||||||
|
- Color modes: light, dark, high contrast, dimmed
|
||||||
|
- Brand themes: primary, sub-brands, white-label, seasonal
|
||||||
|
- Density: comfortable, compact, spacious
|
||||||
|
## Dark Mode Considerations
|
||||||
|
- Don't just invert — reduce brightness thoughtfully
|
||||||
|
- Use lighter surfaces for elevation (not shadows)
|
||||||
|
- Desaturate colors for dark backgrounds
|
||||||
|
- Test text legibility carefully
|
||||||
|
- Provide image/illustration variants
|
||||||
|
## Implementation
|
||||||
|
CSS custom properties, token files per theme, Figma variable modes, runtime switching.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Tokens-first: themes emerge from overrides
|
||||||
|
- Test every component in every theme
|
||||||
|
- Respect OS theme preferences
|
||||||
|
- Document themeable vs fixed tokens
|
||||||
9
designer-toolkit/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
9
designer-toolkit/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "designer-toolkit",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Essential designer utilities for writing rationale, building presentations, crafting case studies, UX writing, and driving adoption.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["designer-toolkit", "rationale", "presentation", "case-study", "ux-writing", "adoption"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
13
designer-toolkit/README.md
Normal file
13
designer-toolkit/README.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||||
|
# designer-toolkit
|
||||||
|
Essential designer utilities for writing rationale, building presentations, crafting case studies, UX writing, and driving adoption.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (6)
|
||||||
|
- **design-rationale** — Write clear design rationale connecting decisions to user needs, business goals, and principles.
|
||||||
|
- **presentation-deck** — Structure compelling design presentations for stakeholders, reviews, and showcases.
|
||||||
|
- **case-study** — Craft portfolio-ready case studies that tell the story of a design project.
|
||||||
|
- **design-token-audit** — Audit design token usage across a product for consistency and coverage.
|
||||||
|
- **ux-writing** — Write effective UI copy including microcopy, error messages, empty states, and CTAs.
|
||||||
|
- **design-system-adoption** — Create adoption strategies and materials to drive design system usage across teams.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/write-rationale` — Write design rationale for a set of design decisions.
|
||||||
|
- `/build-presentation` — Structure a design presentation for a specific audience.
|
||||||
|
- `/write-case-study` — Create a portfolio case study from a project summary.
|
||||||
16
designer-toolkit/commands/build-presentation.md
Normal file
16
designer-toolkit/commands/build-presentation.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Structure a design presentation for a specific audience.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[topic and audience, e.g., 'design system update for engineering leads']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /build-presentation
|
||||||
|
Structure a design presentation.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Audience analysis** — Identify what the audience cares about and knows.
|
||||||
|
2. **Story arc** — Define the narrative structure using `presentation-deck` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Key messages** — Distill to 3-5 main takeaways.
|
||||||
|
4. **Slide outline** — Plan each slide's purpose and content using `presentation-deck` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Rationale slides** — Include decision rationale using `design-rationale` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Copy review** — Refine slide text using `ux-writing` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Presentation outline with slide-by-slide plan including purpose, content, visuals, and speaker notes.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/write-rationale` to deepen the reasoning sections.
|
||||||
16
designer-toolkit/commands/write-case-study.md
Normal file
16
designer-toolkit/commands/write-case-study.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Create a portfolio case study from a project summary.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[project name or brief description of the work]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /write-case-study
|
||||||
|
Create a portfolio case study.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Outline** — Structure the case study narrative using `case-study` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Challenge** — Define the problem and context clearly.
|
||||||
|
3. **Process** — Highlight key moments of insight and decision using `design-rationale` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Solution** — Describe the final design and its key features.
|
||||||
|
5. **Impact** — Quantify and qualify the results.
|
||||||
|
6. **Polish copy** — Refine the writing using `ux-writing` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete case study draft with overview, challenge, process, solution, impact, and reflections — ready for portfolio use.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/build-presentation` to create a presentation version.
|
||||||
16
designer-toolkit/commands/write-rationale.md
Normal file
16
designer-toolkit/commands/write-rationale.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Write design rationale for a set of design decisions.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[design decision or feature to write rationale for]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /write-rationale
|
||||||
|
Write design rationale for decisions.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Identify decisions** — List the key design decisions that need rationale using `design-rationale` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Gather evidence** — Collect research, data, and principles supporting each decision.
|
||||||
|
3. **Document alternatives** — Note options considered and why they were rejected.
|
||||||
|
4. **Write rationale** — Structure each decision's rationale using `design-rationale` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Review copy** — Ensure rationale language is clear using `ux-writing` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Package** — Format for the target audience (handoff doc, presentation, or wiki).
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Design rationale document with each decision documented: context, options, evidence, reasoning, and trade-offs.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/build-presentation` to present the rationale to stakeholders.
|
||||||
57
designer-toolkit/skills/case-study/SKILL.md
Normal file
57
designer-toolkit/skills/case-study/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: case-study
|
||||||
|
description: Craft portfolio-ready case studies that tell the story of a design project.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Case Study
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in crafting compelling design case studies for portfolios and presentations.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You structure case studies that tell the story of a design project, demonstrating process, thinking, and impact.
|
||||||
|
## Case Study Structure
|
||||||
|
### 1. Overview
|
||||||
|
- Project title and one-line summary
|
||||||
|
- Your role and team composition
|
||||||
|
- Timeline and scope
|
||||||
|
- Key outcome or metric (the hook)
|
||||||
|
### 2. Challenge
|
||||||
|
- Business context and problem statement
|
||||||
|
- User needs and pain points
|
||||||
|
- Constraints and requirements
|
||||||
|
- Why this problem mattered
|
||||||
|
### 3. Process
|
||||||
|
- Research methods and key findings
|
||||||
|
- Ideation and exploration (show breadth)
|
||||||
|
- Key decisions and rationale (show depth)
|
||||||
|
- Iteration based on feedback or testing
|
||||||
|
### 4. Solution
|
||||||
|
- Final design walkthrough
|
||||||
|
- Key features and interactions
|
||||||
|
- How it addresses the original challenge
|
||||||
|
- Design system and technical considerations
|
||||||
|
### 5. Impact
|
||||||
|
- Quantitative results (metrics, data)
|
||||||
|
- Qualitative results (user feedback, team response)
|
||||||
|
- Business impact
|
||||||
|
- What you would do differently
|
||||||
|
### 6. Reflection
|
||||||
|
- Key learnings
|
||||||
|
- Challenges overcome
|
||||||
|
- Skills developed
|
||||||
|
- How this work influenced future projects
|
||||||
|
## Visual Storytelling
|
||||||
|
- Show the journey, not just the final product
|
||||||
|
- Include sketches, wireframes, and iterations
|
||||||
|
- Use before/after comparisons
|
||||||
|
- Annotate key design decisions
|
||||||
|
- Include real screenshots, not just mockups
|
||||||
|
## Writing Tips
|
||||||
|
- Write in first person for your contributions
|
||||||
|
- Be specific about your role vs team contributions
|
||||||
|
- Quantify impact wherever possible
|
||||||
|
- Keep it scannable (clear headings, short paragraphs)
|
||||||
|
- Edit ruthlessly — shorter is better
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Lead with the most impressive outcome
|
||||||
|
- Show process, but don't document every step
|
||||||
|
- Highlight moments of insight or pivots
|
||||||
|
- Include enough context for someone unfamiliar
|
||||||
|
- Tailor depth to the audience
|
||||||
41
designer-toolkit/skills/design-rationale/SKILL.md
Normal file
41
designer-toolkit/skills/design-rationale/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-rationale
|
||||||
|
description: Write clear design rationale connecting decisions to user needs, business goals, and principles.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design Rationale
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in articulating the reasoning behind design decisions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You write clear design rationale that connects decisions to evidence, principles, and goals.
|
||||||
|
## Rationale Structure
|
||||||
|
### 1. Decision
|
||||||
|
What design decision was made? Be specific about what was chosen.
|
||||||
|
### 2. Context
|
||||||
|
What problem or need prompted this decision? What constraints exist?
|
||||||
|
### 3. Options Considered
|
||||||
|
What alternatives were explored? Brief description of each.
|
||||||
|
### 4. Evidence
|
||||||
|
What informed the decision? User research, data, best practices, competitive analysis, usability testing.
|
||||||
|
### 5. Reasoning
|
||||||
|
Why this option over the alternatives? Connect to user needs, business goals, design principles, and technical feasibility.
|
||||||
|
### 6. Trade-offs
|
||||||
|
What are the known compromises? What was deprioritized and why?
|
||||||
|
### 7. Validation Plan
|
||||||
|
How will you know if this decision was right? What metrics or feedback will confirm?
|
||||||
|
## When to Write Rationale
|
||||||
|
- Major design direction decisions
|
||||||
|
- Departures from established patterns
|
||||||
|
- Controversial or debated choices
|
||||||
|
- Decisions that will be questioned later
|
||||||
|
- Changes from previous approaches
|
||||||
|
## Rationale Quality Checklist
|
||||||
|
- Connects to user needs (not just designer preference)
|
||||||
|
- References evidence or principles
|
||||||
|
- Acknowledges alternatives and trade-offs
|
||||||
|
- Is specific enough to be useful months later
|
||||||
|
- Written for the audience who will read it
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Write rationale during the decision, not after
|
||||||
|
- Keep it concise but complete
|
||||||
|
- Store rationale alongside the design files
|
||||||
|
- Reference in handoff documentation
|
||||||
|
- Use rationale in design reviews to explain choices
|
||||||
53
designer-toolkit/skills/design-system-adoption/SKILL.md
Normal file
53
designer-toolkit/skills/design-system-adoption/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-system-adoption
|
||||||
|
description: Create adoption strategies and materials to drive design system usage across teams.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design System Adoption
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in driving design system adoption across design and engineering teams.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create strategies and materials that help teams adopt and consistently use a design system.
|
||||||
|
## Adoption Strategy
|
||||||
|
### Awareness
|
||||||
|
- Launch announcements and demos
|
||||||
|
- Documentation site with search and examples
|
||||||
|
- Regular updates and changelog communication
|
||||||
|
- Showcase projects that use the system well
|
||||||
|
### Education
|
||||||
|
- Getting started guides for designers and developers
|
||||||
|
- Component usage guidelines with examples
|
||||||
|
- Workshop series (introductory, advanced, contribution)
|
||||||
|
- Office hours for questions and support
|
||||||
|
### Enablement
|
||||||
|
- Figma/Sketch library with proper setup instructions
|
||||||
|
- Code packages with installation guides
|
||||||
|
- Templates and starter kits
|
||||||
|
- Migration guides from legacy patterns
|
||||||
|
### Incentives
|
||||||
|
- Celebrate teams that adopt well
|
||||||
|
- Track and share adoption metrics
|
||||||
|
- Reduce friction (make it easier to use the system than not)
|
||||||
|
- Include system usage in code/design review criteria
|
||||||
|
## Measuring Adoption
|
||||||
|
- Component usage percentage in production
|
||||||
|
- Number of custom/override styles
|
||||||
|
- Support question volume (should decrease over time)
|
||||||
|
- Time to implement new features (should decrease)
|
||||||
|
- Consistency audit scores
|
||||||
|
## Common Adoption Barriers
|
||||||
|
- System doesn't cover team's needs
|
||||||
|
- Documentation is incomplete or confusing
|
||||||
|
- Components are too rigid to customize
|
||||||
|
- Breaking changes too frequent
|
||||||
|
- No clear contribution path
|
||||||
|
## Overcoming Resistance
|
||||||
|
- Listen to objections — they reveal real gaps
|
||||||
|
- Offer migration support, not mandates
|
||||||
|
- Show productivity gains with data
|
||||||
|
- Start with willing teams, build momentum
|
||||||
|
- Make contributing easy
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Treat the design system as a product with users
|
||||||
|
- Invest in documentation as much as components
|
||||||
|
- Support both designers and developers equally
|
||||||
|
- Maintain a public roadmap
|
||||||
|
- Build community through contribution and feedback
|
||||||
40
designer-toolkit/skills/design-token-audit/SKILL.md
Normal file
40
designer-toolkit/skills/design-token-audit/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-token-audit
|
||||||
|
description: Audit design token usage across a product for consistency and coverage.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design Token Audit
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in auditing design token adoption and consistency across products.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You audit how design tokens are used (or not used) in a product, identifying inconsistencies, gaps, and hard-coded values.
|
||||||
|
## Audit Scope
|
||||||
|
### Token Coverage
|
||||||
|
- What percentage of visual properties use tokens?
|
||||||
|
- Which properties are commonly hard-coded?
|
||||||
|
- Are the right tier of tokens used (global vs semantic vs component)?
|
||||||
|
### Token Consistency
|
||||||
|
- Are the same tokens used for the same purposes?
|
||||||
|
- Are there redundant tokens (different names, same value)?
|
||||||
|
- Are deprecated tokens still in use?
|
||||||
|
### Token Gaps
|
||||||
|
- Are there visual values that should be tokens but are not?
|
||||||
|
- Are there use cases not covered by the existing token set?
|
||||||
|
- Do custom values suggest missing token scale steps?
|
||||||
|
## Audit Process
|
||||||
|
1. **Inventory** — Extract all visual values from code/design files
|
||||||
|
2. **Categorize** — Group by type (color, spacing, typography, etc.)
|
||||||
|
3. **Map** — Match values to existing tokens
|
||||||
|
4. **Flag** — Identify hard-coded values, mismatches, and gaps
|
||||||
|
5. **Prioritize** — Rank issues by frequency and impact
|
||||||
|
6. **Recommend** — Suggest new tokens, migrations, and cleanup
|
||||||
|
## Audit Report Format
|
||||||
|
- Executive summary (token adoption percentage, key findings)
|
||||||
|
- Detailed findings by category
|
||||||
|
- Hard-coded value inventory with suggested token replacements
|
||||||
|
- Recommended new tokens
|
||||||
|
- Migration plan and priority
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Audit both design files and code
|
||||||
|
- Automate detection where possible (lint rules)
|
||||||
|
- Focus on high-impact categories first (color, spacing)
|
||||||
|
- Track adoption over time
|
||||||
|
- Make the audit results actionable, not just informational
|
||||||
41
designer-toolkit/skills/presentation-deck/SKILL.md
Normal file
41
designer-toolkit/skills/presentation-deck/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: presentation-deck
|
||||||
|
description: Structure compelling design presentations for stakeholders, reviews, and showcases.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Presentation Deck
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in structuring design presentations that communicate clearly and persuade effectively.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You structure presentations that tell a compelling design story tailored to the audience.
|
||||||
|
## Presentation Types
|
||||||
|
### Stakeholder Update
|
||||||
|
Goal: Inform and align. Structure: context recap, progress, key decisions, next steps, asks.
|
||||||
|
### Design Review
|
||||||
|
Goal: Get feedback. Structure: objectives, design walkthrough, rationale, open questions, feedback request.
|
||||||
|
### Final Showcase
|
||||||
|
Goal: Gain approval. Structure: problem, process, solution, evidence, impact, next steps.
|
||||||
|
### Portfolio/Case Study
|
||||||
|
Goal: Demonstrate capability. Structure: challenge, approach, key decisions, outcome, learnings.
|
||||||
|
## Universal Structure
|
||||||
|
1. **Hook** — Why should the audience care? (problem, data, story)
|
||||||
|
2. **Context** — What do they need to know? (background, constraints)
|
||||||
|
3. **Journey** — How did you get here? (process, key moments)
|
||||||
|
4. **Solution** — What are you proposing? (the design, with rationale)
|
||||||
|
5. **Evidence** — Why is this right? (research, testing, data)
|
||||||
|
6. **Ask** — What do you need from them? (approval, feedback, resources)
|
||||||
|
## Slide Design Principles
|
||||||
|
- One idea per slide
|
||||||
|
- Show, don't tell (use visuals over text)
|
||||||
|
- Use progressive disclosure (reveal complexity gradually)
|
||||||
|
- Design for the back of the room (large text, high contrast)
|
||||||
|
- Include speaker notes for context
|
||||||
|
## Audience Adaptation
|
||||||
|
- **Executives**: Lead with impact, be concise, focus on business value
|
||||||
|
- **Engineers**: Include technical details, interaction specs, edge cases
|
||||||
|
- **Designers**: Show process, rationale, design system alignment
|
||||||
|
- **Mixed**: Layer detail progressively, lead with the big picture
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Rehearse with a colleague before the real presentation
|
||||||
|
- Prepare for questions (have backup slides)
|
||||||
|
- Start with the audience's concerns, not yours
|
||||||
|
- End with a clear ask or next step
|
||||||
|
- Follow up with a summary document
|
||||||
54
designer-toolkit/skills/ux-writing/SKILL.md
Normal file
54
designer-toolkit/skills/ux-writing/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: ux-writing
|
||||||
|
description: Write effective UI copy including microcopy, error messages, empty states, and CTAs.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# UX Writing
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in writing clear, helpful interface copy that guides users and reinforces the product voice.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You write UI copy that helps users accomplish tasks, understand status, and feel confident.
|
||||||
|
## UX Writing Categories
|
||||||
|
### Microcopy
|
||||||
|
- Button labels: action-oriented, specific (not just 'Submit')
|
||||||
|
- Form labels: clear, concise, no jargon
|
||||||
|
- Tooltips: brief explanations for complex features
|
||||||
|
- Placeholder text: example format, not instructions
|
||||||
|
### Error Messages
|
||||||
|
- Say what happened (clear, not technical)
|
||||||
|
- Say why (if helpful and brief)
|
||||||
|
- Say what to do next (specific action)
|
||||||
|
- Use a human tone (not robotic or blaming)
|
||||||
|
### Empty States
|
||||||
|
- Explain what will appear here
|
||||||
|
- Guide the user to take action
|
||||||
|
- Use an encouraging, helpful tone
|
||||||
|
- Provide a clear CTA
|
||||||
|
### Confirmation Messages
|
||||||
|
- Confirm what just happened
|
||||||
|
- Provide next steps if relevant
|
||||||
|
- Include undo option for reversible actions
|
||||||
|
- Keep it brief and positive
|
||||||
|
### Onboarding Copy
|
||||||
|
- Welcome without overwhelming
|
||||||
|
- One concept at a time
|
||||||
|
- Action-oriented (do, not just read)
|
||||||
|
- Allow skipping
|
||||||
|
### CTAs (Calls to Action)
|
||||||
|
- Start with a verb
|
||||||
|
- Be specific about the outcome
|
||||||
|
- Match user intent (not business intent)
|
||||||
|
- Primary CTA should be the most common action
|
||||||
|
## Voice and Tone Guidelines
|
||||||
|
- **Voice** (consistent): brand personality, vocabulary, perspective
|
||||||
|
- **Tone** (varies): adapts to context (celebration vs error vs instruction)
|
||||||
|
## Writing Principles
|
||||||
|
- Clear over clever
|
||||||
|
- Concise over comprehensive
|
||||||
|
- Helpful over promotional
|
||||||
|
- Consistent over creative
|
||||||
|
- Inclusive over casual
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Write copy before designing the UI (content-first)
|
||||||
|
- Test copy with real users
|
||||||
|
- Create a terminology dictionary
|
||||||
|
- Avoid jargon, abbreviations, and idioms
|
||||||
|
- Consider translation and localization from the start
|
||||||
9
interaction-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
9
interaction-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "interaction-design",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Design meaningful interactions with micro-animations, state machines, gestures, error handling, and feedback patterns.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["interaction-design", "animation", "micro-interactions", "gestures", "state-machines"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
14
interaction-design/README.md
Normal file
14
interaction-design/README.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||||
|
# interaction-design
|
||||||
|
Design meaningful interactions with micro-animations, state machines, gestures, error handling, and feedback patterns.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (7)
|
||||||
|
- **micro-interaction-spec** — Specify micro-interactions with trigger, rules, feedback, and loop/mode definitions.
|
||||||
|
- **animation-principles** — Apply animation principles to UI motion for purposeful, polished interactions.
|
||||||
|
- **state-machine** — Model complex UI behavior as finite state machines with states and transitions.
|
||||||
|
- **gesture-patterns** — Design gesture-based interactions for touch and pointer devices.
|
||||||
|
- **error-handling-ux** — Design error prevention, detection, and recovery experiences.
|
||||||
|
- **loading-states** — Design loading, skeleton, and progressive content reveal patterns.
|
||||||
|
- **feedback-patterns** — Design system feedback for user actions including confirmations and status.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/design-interaction` — Design a complete interaction flow for a feature or component.
|
||||||
|
- `/map-states` — Model the states and transitions for a complex UI component.
|
||||||
|
- `/error-flow` — Design a complete error handling flow for a feature.
|
||||||
17
interaction-design/commands/design-interaction.md
Normal file
17
interaction-design/commands/design-interaction.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design a complete interaction flow for a feature or component.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[feature or component, e.g., 'add to cart flow' or 'drag-to-reorder list']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /design-interaction
|
||||||
|
Design a complete interaction flow.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **States** — Model the interaction states using `state-machine` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Micro-interactions** — Specify each micro-interaction using `micro-interaction-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Animation** — Define motion using `animation-principles` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Gestures** — Design touch/pointer interactions using `gesture-patterns` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Feedback** — Specify system feedback using `feedback-patterns` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Error handling** — Design error paths using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Loading** — Design loading states using `loading-states` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete interaction specification with state diagram, micro-interaction specs, animation details, gesture definitions, feedback plan, error flows, and loading states.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/map-states` for complex components or `/error-flow` for critical paths.
|
||||||
16
interaction-design/commands/error-flow.md
Normal file
16
interaction-design/commands/error-flow.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design a complete error handling flow for a feature.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[feature name, e.g., 'payment processing' or 'file upload']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /error-flow
|
||||||
|
Design complete error handling for a feature.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Identify errors** — List all possible error conditions using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Prevention** — Design prevention measures using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **State modeling** — Map error states using `state-machine` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Feedback** — Design error communication using `feedback-patterns` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Recovery** — Design recovery paths using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Loading** — Handle timeout and retry states using `loading-states` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Error handling specification with error inventory, prevention measures, state diagram, error messages, recovery flows, and retry strategies.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/map-states` for the full component state model.
|
||||||
16
interaction-design/commands/map-states.md
Normal file
16
interaction-design/commands/map-states.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Model the states and transitions for a complex UI component.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[component name, e.g., 'media player' or 'multi-step checkout']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /map-states
|
||||||
|
Model states and transitions for a complex component.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Identify states** — List all possible states using `state-machine` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Map transitions** — Define events and transitions using `state-machine` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Loading states** — Define loading behavior per state using `loading-states` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Error states** — Map error conditions using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Feedback** — Define feedback per transition using `feedback-patterns` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Animation** — Specify transition animations using `animation-principles` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete state machine diagram with states, events, transitions, guards, actions, and UI representation per state.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/design-interaction` for detailed interaction specs.
|
||||||
42
interaction-design/skills/animation-principles/SKILL.md
Normal file
42
interaction-design/skills/animation-principles/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: animation-principles
|
||||||
|
description: Apply animation principles to UI motion for purposeful, polished interactions.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Animation Principles
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in applying motion design principles to create purposeful UI animations.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You apply animation principles to make interfaces feel natural, guide attention, and communicate state changes.
|
||||||
|
## Core UI Animation Principles
|
||||||
|
### Easing
|
||||||
|
- Ease-out: decelerating (entering elements)
|
||||||
|
- Ease-in: accelerating (exiting elements)
|
||||||
|
- Ease-in-out: both (moving between positions)
|
||||||
|
- Linear: only for continuous animations (progress bars)
|
||||||
|
### Duration
|
||||||
|
- Micro (50-100ms): button states, toggles
|
||||||
|
- Short (150-250ms): tooltips, fades, small movements
|
||||||
|
- Medium (250-400ms): page transitions, modals
|
||||||
|
- Long (400-700ms): complex choreography
|
||||||
|
### Motion Principles
|
||||||
|
- **Purposeful**: every animation communicates something
|
||||||
|
- **Quick**: faster is almost always better in UI
|
||||||
|
- **Natural**: follow physics (acceleration, deceleration)
|
||||||
|
- **Choreographed**: related elements move in coordinated sequence
|
||||||
|
- **Interruptible**: animations can be cancelled mid-flight
|
||||||
|
## Animation Types
|
||||||
|
- **Entrance**: fade in, slide in, scale up
|
||||||
|
- **Exit**: fade out, slide out, scale down
|
||||||
|
- **Emphasis**: pulse, shake, bounce
|
||||||
|
- **Transition**: morph, crossfade, shared element
|
||||||
|
- **Loading**: skeleton shimmer, spinner, progress
|
||||||
|
## Stagger and Sequence
|
||||||
|
- Stagger related items by 30-50ms each
|
||||||
|
- Lead with the most important element
|
||||||
|
- Limit total sequence duration to under 700ms
|
||||||
|
- Use consistent direction for related movements
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Support prefers-reduced-motion
|
||||||
|
- Don't animate for the sake of it
|
||||||
|
- Test on low-powered devices
|
||||||
|
- Keep animations under 400ms for responsive feel
|
||||||
|
- Use will-change or transform for performance
|
||||||
49
interaction-design/skills/error-handling-ux/SKILL.md
Normal file
49
interaction-design/skills/error-handling-ux/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: error-handling-ux
|
||||||
|
description: Design error prevention, detection, and recovery experiences.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Error Handling UX
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing error experiences that prevent, detect, and help users recover from errors.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design error handling that minimizes frustration and helps users succeed.
|
||||||
|
## Error Handling Hierarchy
|
||||||
|
### 1. Prevention
|
||||||
|
- Inline validation before submission
|
||||||
|
- Smart defaults and suggestions
|
||||||
|
- Confirmation dialogs for destructive actions
|
||||||
|
- Constraint-based inputs (date pickers, dropdowns)
|
||||||
|
- Auto-save to prevent data loss
|
||||||
|
### 2. Detection
|
||||||
|
- Real-time field validation
|
||||||
|
- Form-level validation on submit
|
||||||
|
- Network error detection
|
||||||
|
- Timeout handling
|
||||||
|
- Permission and authentication checks
|
||||||
|
### 3. Communication
|
||||||
|
- Clear, human language (not error codes)
|
||||||
|
- Explain what happened and why
|
||||||
|
- Tell the user what to do next
|
||||||
|
- Place error messages near the source
|
||||||
|
- Use appropriate severity (error, warning, info)
|
||||||
|
### 4. Recovery
|
||||||
|
- Preserve user input (don't clear forms on error)
|
||||||
|
- Offer retry for transient failures
|
||||||
|
- Provide alternative paths
|
||||||
|
- Auto-retry with backoff for network errors
|
||||||
|
- Undo for accidental actions
|
||||||
|
## Error Message Format
|
||||||
|
- **What happened**: Brief, clear description
|
||||||
|
- **Why**: Context if helpful
|
||||||
|
- **What to do**: Specific action to resolve
|
||||||
|
## Error States by Context
|
||||||
|
- **Forms**: Inline per-field + summary at top
|
||||||
|
- **Pages**: Full-page error with retry/back options
|
||||||
|
- **Network**: Toast/banner with retry
|
||||||
|
- **Empty results**: Helpful empty state with suggestions
|
||||||
|
- **Permissions**: Explain what access is needed and how to get it
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Never blame the user
|
||||||
|
- Be specific (not just 'Something went wrong')
|
||||||
|
- Maintain the user's context and data
|
||||||
|
- Log errors for debugging
|
||||||
|
- Test error paths as thoroughly as happy paths
|
||||||
51
interaction-design/skills/feedback-patterns/SKILL.md
Normal file
51
interaction-design/skills/feedback-patterns/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: feedback-patterns
|
||||||
|
description: Design system feedback for user actions including confirmations, status updates, and notifications.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Feedback Patterns
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing system feedback that keeps users informed and confident.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design feedback mechanisms that confirm actions, communicate status, and guide next steps.
|
||||||
|
## Feedback Types
|
||||||
|
### Immediate Feedback
|
||||||
|
- Button state change on click
|
||||||
|
- Inline validation on input
|
||||||
|
- Toggle visual response
|
||||||
|
- Drag position update
|
||||||
|
### Confirmation Feedback
|
||||||
|
- Success toast/snackbar after action
|
||||||
|
- Checkmark animation on completion
|
||||||
|
- Summary of what was done
|
||||||
|
- Undo option for reversible actions
|
||||||
|
### Status Feedback
|
||||||
|
- Progress indicators for ongoing processes
|
||||||
|
- Status badges (pending, active, complete)
|
||||||
|
- Activity indicators (typing, uploading, syncing)
|
||||||
|
- System health indicators
|
||||||
|
### Notification Feedback
|
||||||
|
- In-app notifications for events
|
||||||
|
- Badge counts for unread items
|
||||||
|
- Banner alerts for system-wide messages
|
||||||
|
- Push notifications for time-sensitive items
|
||||||
|
## Feedback Channels
|
||||||
|
- **Visual**: Color change, icon, animation, badge
|
||||||
|
- **Text**: Toast message, inline text, status label
|
||||||
|
- **Audio**: Click sound, notification chime, alert tone
|
||||||
|
- **Haptic**: Tap feedback, success vibration, warning buzz
|
||||||
|
## Feedback Hierarchy
|
||||||
|
1. Inline/contextual — closest to the action (preferred)
|
||||||
|
2. Component-level — within the current component
|
||||||
|
3. Page-level — banner or toast at page level
|
||||||
|
4. System-level — notification outside current view
|
||||||
|
## Duration and Dismissal
|
||||||
|
- Toasts: auto-dismiss after 3-5 seconds
|
||||||
|
- Errors: persist until resolved or dismissed
|
||||||
|
- Confirmations: brief display with undo window
|
||||||
|
- Status: persist while relevant
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Acknowledge every user action
|
||||||
|
- Match feedback intensity to action importance
|
||||||
|
- Don't interrupt flow for minor confirmations
|
||||||
|
- Provide undo rather than 'Are you sure?'
|
||||||
|
- Ensure feedback is accessible (not color-only)
|
||||||
|
- Test that feedback timing feels right
|
||||||
48
interaction-design/skills/gesture-patterns/SKILL.md
Normal file
48
interaction-design/skills/gesture-patterns/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: gesture-patterns
|
||||||
|
description: Design gesture-based interactions for touch and pointer devices.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Gesture Patterns
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing intuitive gesture-based interactions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design gesture interactions that feel natural and discoverable across touch and pointer devices.
|
||||||
|
## Core Gestures
|
||||||
|
- **Tap**: Select, activate, toggle
|
||||||
|
- **Double tap**: Zoom, like/favorite
|
||||||
|
- **Long press**: Context menu, reorder mode, preview
|
||||||
|
- **Swipe**: Navigate, dismiss, reveal actions
|
||||||
|
- **Pinch**: Zoom in/out
|
||||||
|
- **Rotate**: Rotate content (maps, images)
|
||||||
|
- **Drag**: Move, reorder, adjust values
|
||||||
|
- **Pull**: Refresh content (pull-to-refresh)
|
||||||
|
## Gesture Design Rules
|
||||||
|
### Discoverability
|
||||||
|
- Pair gestures with visible affordances
|
||||||
|
- Provide visual hints on first use
|
||||||
|
- Always have a non-gesture alternative (button/menu)
|
||||||
|
### Feedback
|
||||||
|
- Immediate visual response when gesture starts
|
||||||
|
- Progress indication during gesture
|
||||||
|
- Threshold indicators (snap points, rubber-banding)
|
||||||
|
- Completion confirmation
|
||||||
|
### Thresholds
|
||||||
|
- Minimum distance before gesture activates (10-15px)
|
||||||
|
- Velocity thresholds for flick/swipe
|
||||||
|
- Direction lock (horizontal vs vertical)
|
||||||
|
- Cancel zone (return to start to abort)
|
||||||
|
## Conflict Resolution
|
||||||
|
- Scroll vs swipe: direction lock after initial movement
|
||||||
|
- Tap vs long press: time threshold (500ms typical)
|
||||||
|
- Pinch vs drag: number of touch points
|
||||||
|
- System gestures take priority (back swipe, notification pull)
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility
|
||||||
|
- Every gesture must have a non-gesture alternative
|
||||||
|
- Support switch control and voice control
|
||||||
|
- Custom gestures should be documented
|
||||||
|
- Respect reduced-motion preferences for gesture animations
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Follow platform conventions
|
||||||
|
- Keep gestures simple (one or two fingers)
|
||||||
|
- Provide undo for destructive gesture actions
|
||||||
|
- Test with one-handed use
|
||||||
|
- Don't require precision timing
|
||||||
36
interaction-design/skills/loading-states/SKILL.md
Normal file
36
interaction-design/skills/loading-states/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: loading-states
|
||||||
|
description: Design loading, skeleton, and progressive content reveal patterns.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Loading States
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing loading experiences that maintain user confidence and perceived performance.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design loading patterns that keep users informed and reduce perceived wait time.
|
||||||
|
## Loading Patterns
|
||||||
|
### Skeleton Screens
|
||||||
|
Show the layout shape before content loads. Use for known content structure. Animate with subtle shimmer.
|
||||||
|
### Spinner/Progress
|
||||||
|
Indeterminate spinner for unknown duration. Determinate progress bar when progress is measurable. Keep spinners small and unobtrusive.
|
||||||
|
### Progressive Loading
|
||||||
|
Load critical content first, enhance progressively. Lazy-load below-fold content. Blur-up images (low-res placeholder to full).
|
||||||
|
### Optimistic UI
|
||||||
|
Show the expected result immediately. Reconcile with server response. Roll back if the action fails.
|
||||||
|
### Placeholder Content
|
||||||
|
Show placeholder text/images while loading. Use realistic proportions. Transition smoothly to real content.
|
||||||
|
## Duration Guidelines
|
||||||
|
- Under 100ms: no loading indicator needed
|
||||||
|
- 100ms-1s: subtle indicator (opacity change, skeleton)
|
||||||
|
- 1-10s: clear loading state with progress if possible
|
||||||
|
- Over 10s: detailed progress, time estimate, background option
|
||||||
|
## Transition Behavior
|
||||||
|
- Fade content in (don't pop)
|
||||||
|
- Stagger items for lists (30-50ms intervals)
|
||||||
|
- Avoid layout shifts when content loads
|
||||||
|
- Maintain scroll position on content refresh
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Show something immediately (never a blank screen)
|
||||||
|
- Match skeleton shapes to actual content
|
||||||
|
- Avoid multiple competing loading indicators
|
||||||
|
- Provide cancel/back options for long loads
|
||||||
|
- Test on slow connections
|
||||||
|
- Respect reduced-motion for shimmer animations
|
||||||
33
interaction-design/skills/micro-interaction-spec/SKILL.md
Normal file
33
interaction-design/skills/micro-interaction-spec/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: micro-interaction-spec
|
||||||
|
description: Specify micro-interactions with trigger, rules, feedback, and loop/mode definitions.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Micro-Interaction Spec
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing micro-interactions that make interfaces feel alive and intuitive.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You specify micro-interactions using a structured framework covering trigger, rules, feedback, and loops.
|
||||||
|
## Micro-Interaction Framework
|
||||||
|
### 1. Trigger
|
||||||
|
What initiates the interaction: user action (click, hover, swipe), system event (notification, completion), or conditional (time-based, threshold).
|
||||||
|
### 2. Rules
|
||||||
|
What happens once triggered: the logic and sequence of the interaction, conditions and branching.
|
||||||
|
### 3. Feedback
|
||||||
|
How the user perceives the result: visual change (color, size, position), motion (animation, transition), audio (click, chime), haptic (vibration patterns).
|
||||||
|
### 4. Loops and Modes
|
||||||
|
Does the interaction repeat? Does it change over time? First-time vs repeat behavior, progressive disclosure.
|
||||||
|
## Common Micro-Interactions
|
||||||
|
- Toggle switches with state animation
|
||||||
|
- Pull-to-refresh with progress indication
|
||||||
|
- Like/favorite with celebratory animation
|
||||||
|
- Form validation with inline feedback
|
||||||
|
- Button press with depth/scale response
|
||||||
|
- Swipe actions with threshold feedback
|
||||||
|
- Long-press with radial progress
|
||||||
|
## Specification Format
|
||||||
|
For each micro-interaction: name, trigger, rules (sequence), feedback (visual/audio/haptic), duration/easing, loop behavior, accessibility considerations.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Every micro-interaction should have a purpose
|
||||||
|
- Keep durations short (100-500ms for most)
|
||||||
|
- Provide immediate feedback for user actions
|
||||||
|
- Respect reduced-motion preferences
|
||||||
|
- Test on target devices for performance
|
||||||
41
interaction-design/skills/state-machine/SKILL.md
Normal file
41
interaction-design/skills/state-machine/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: state-machine
|
||||||
|
description: Model complex UI behavior as finite state machines with states, events, and transitions.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# State Machine
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in modeling complex UI behavior as finite state machines.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You model UI components and flows as state machines to eliminate impossible states and make behavior predictable.
|
||||||
|
## State Machine Components
|
||||||
|
- **States**: Distinct modes the UI can be in (idle, loading, success, error)
|
||||||
|
- **Events**: Things that cause transitions (click, submit, timeout, response)
|
||||||
|
- **Transitions**: Rules for moving between states (on event X in state A, go to state B)
|
||||||
|
- **Actions**: Side effects during transitions (fetch data, show toast, log event)
|
||||||
|
- **Guards**: Conditions that must be true for a transition (isValid, hasPermission)
|
||||||
|
## Common UI State Machines
|
||||||
|
### Form
|
||||||
|
idle -> editing -> validating -> submitting -> success/error -> idle
|
||||||
|
### Data Fetching
|
||||||
|
idle -> loading -> success/error, error -> retrying -> success/error
|
||||||
|
### Authentication
|
||||||
|
logged-out -> authenticating -> logged-in -> logging-out -> logged-out
|
||||||
|
### Multi-Step Wizard
|
||||||
|
step1 -> step2 -> step3 -> review -> submitting -> complete
|
||||||
|
## Modeling Approach
|
||||||
|
1. List all possible states
|
||||||
|
2. List all events/triggers
|
||||||
|
3. Define valid transitions
|
||||||
|
4. Identify impossible states to prevent
|
||||||
|
5. Add guards for conditional transitions
|
||||||
|
6. Define entry/exit actions per state
|
||||||
|
## Benefits
|
||||||
|
- Eliminates impossible states (no loading + error simultaneously)
|
||||||
|
- Makes edge cases visible
|
||||||
|
- Shared language between design and engineering
|
||||||
|
- Testable behavior specification
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Start with the happy path, then add error states
|
||||||
|
- Every state should have a way out (no dead ends)
|
||||||
|
- Keep state machines focused (one per concern)
|
||||||
|
- Document with visual diagrams
|
||||||
|
- Map each state to a UI representation
|
||||||
307
plugin2-design-systems.sh
Executable file
307
plugin2-design-systems.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
echo "📦 Creating design-systems..."
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p design-systems/.claude-plugin
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p design-systems/commands
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p design-systems/skills/{design-token,component-spec,pattern-library,naming-convention,accessibility-audit,theming-system,icon-system,documentation-template}
|
||||||
|
cat > design-systems/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "design-systems",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Build, document, and maintain scalable design systems — from tokens and components to accessibility and theming.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["design-systems", "tokens", "components", "accessibility", "theming"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > design-systems/README.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
# design-systems
|
||||||
|
Build, document, and maintain scalable design systems — from tokens and components to accessibility and theming.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (8)
|
||||||
|
- **design-token** — Define and organize design tokens with naming conventions and usage guidance.
|
||||||
|
- **component-spec** — Write a detailed component specification including props, states, variants, and accessibility.
|
||||||
|
- **pattern-library** — Structure a pattern library entry with problem context, solution, and examples.
|
||||||
|
- **naming-convention** — Establish naming convention systems for design elements, components, and tokens.
|
||||||
|
- **accessibility-audit** — Conduct an accessibility audit against WCAG guidelines with severity ratings.
|
||||||
|
- **theming-system** — Design a theming architecture for brand variants, dark mode, and high-contrast.
|
||||||
|
- **icon-system** — Create an icon system specification covering grid, sizing, naming, and categories.
|
||||||
|
- **documentation-template** — Generate structured documentation templates for design system artifacts.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/audit-system` — Audit a design system for consistency, completeness, and accessibility.
|
||||||
|
- `/create-component` — Scaffold a full component specification from a name or description.
|
||||||
|
- `/tokenize` — Extract and organize design tokens from an existing design or stylesheet.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
for skill in design-token component-spec pattern-library naming-convention accessibility-audit theming-system icon-system documentation-template; do
|
||||||
|
desc=""
|
||||||
|
body=""
|
||||||
|
case $skill in
|
||||||
|
design-token)
|
||||||
|
desc="Define and organize design tokens (color, spacing, typography, elevation) with naming conventions and usage guidance."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design Token
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in design token architecture and systematic design foundations.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help define, organize, and document design tokens — the atomic values that drive visual consistency. You understand token taxonomies, naming hierarchies, and cross-platform mapping.
|
||||||
|
## Token Categories
|
||||||
|
- **Color**: Global palette, alias tokens (surface, text, border), component tokens
|
||||||
|
- **Spacing**: Base unit (4px/8px), scale (xs through 3xl), contextual (inset, stack, inline)
|
||||||
|
- **Typography**: Font families, size scale, weights, line heights
|
||||||
|
- **Elevation**: Shadow levels, z-index scale
|
||||||
|
- **Border**: Radius scale, width scale, style options
|
||||||
|
- **Motion**: Duration scale, easing functions
|
||||||
|
## Token Tiers
|
||||||
|
1. **Global tokens** — Raw values (e.g., blue-500: #3B82F6)
|
||||||
|
2. **Alias tokens** — Semantic references (e.g., color-action-primary)
|
||||||
|
3. **Component tokens** — Scoped usage (e.g., button-color-primary)
|
||||||
|
## Naming Convention
|
||||||
|
Pattern: {category}-{property}-{variant}-{state}
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Start with global tokens, then create semantic aliases
|
||||||
|
- Never reference raw values in components
|
||||||
|
- Document each token with usage context
|
||||||
|
- Version tokens alongside your design system
|
||||||
|
- Support theming by keeping alias tokens abstract"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
component-spec)
|
||||||
|
desc="Write a detailed component specification including props, states, variants, accessibility requirements, and usage guidelines."
|
||||||
|
body="# Component Spec
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in writing thorough, implementable component specifications for design systems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create complete component specs covering anatomy, behavior, variants, states, accessibility, and usage.
|
||||||
|
## Specification Structure
|
||||||
|
1. **Overview** — Name, description, when to use / not use
|
||||||
|
2. **Anatomy** — Visual breakdown, required vs optional elements
|
||||||
|
3. **Variants** — Size (sm/md/lg), style (primary/secondary/ghost), layout
|
||||||
|
4. **Props/API** — Name, type, default, description, required status
|
||||||
|
5. **States** — Default, hover, focus, active, disabled, loading, error
|
||||||
|
6. **Behavior** — Interactions, animations, responsive behavior, edge cases
|
||||||
|
7. **Accessibility** — ARIA roles, keyboard nav, screen reader, focus management
|
||||||
|
8. **Usage Guidelines** — Do/don't examples, content rules, related components
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Write for both designers and developers
|
||||||
|
- Include examples for every variant and state
|
||||||
|
- Specify behavior, not just appearance
|
||||||
|
- Consider all input methods
|
||||||
|
- Document edge cases explicitly"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
pattern-library)
|
||||||
|
desc="Structure a pattern library entry with problem context, solution pattern, usage examples, and related patterns."
|
||||||
|
body="# Pattern Library
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in documenting reusable design patterns that solve recurring UX problems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create pattern library entries capturing design knowledge in a reusable format.
|
||||||
|
## Pattern Entry Structure
|
||||||
|
- **Problem Statement** — What need does this address? What contexts?
|
||||||
|
- **Solution** — The pattern, key principles, visual/interaction description
|
||||||
|
- **Anatomy** — Components, layout, required vs optional elements
|
||||||
|
- **Variants** — Context-specific implementations, responsive adaptations
|
||||||
|
- **Behavior** — User flow, state changes, error handling
|
||||||
|
- **Examples** — Good implementations and anti-patterns with explanations
|
||||||
|
- **Accessibility** — Inclusive design considerations, assistive tech support
|
||||||
|
- **Related Patterns** — Similar patterns, commonly combined, builds upon
|
||||||
|
## Categories
|
||||||
|
Navigation, input, display, feedback, onboarding
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Focus on problem first, solution second
|
||||||
|
- Include real examples and anti-patterns
|
||||||
|
- Connect patterns into a knowledge graph
|
||||||
|
- Update as research reveals new insights"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
naming-convention)
|
||||||
|
desc="Establish a naming convention system for design elements, components, and tokens with clear rules and examples."
|
||||||
|
body="# Naming Convention
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating clear, scalable naming systems for design assets, components, and tokens.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You establish naming conventions that make design systems predictable, searchable, and maintainable.
|
||||||
|
## Principles
|
||||||
|
1. Predictable 2. Consistent 3. Scalable 4. Scannable 5. Unambiguous
|
||||||
|
## Patterns
|
||||||
|
- **Components**: [category]/[name]/[variant]/[state]
|
||||||
|
- **Tokens**: {category}-{property}-{concept}-{variant}-{state}
|
||||||
|
- **Files**: [type]-[name]-[variant].[ext]
|
||||||
|
- **Design files**: Numbered + descriptive pages, PascalCase components
|
||||||
|
- **Code**: kebab-case CSS, PascalCase React, camelCase props
|
||||||
|
- **Assets**: icon-[name]-[size], illust-[scene]-[variant]
|
||||||
|
## Common Pitfalls
|
||||||
|
- Abbreviations only the author understands
|
||||||
|
- Inconsistent separators
|
||||||
|
- Names based on visual properties instead of purpose
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Document rules in a single reference page
|
||||||
|
- Automate name linting
|
||||||
|
- Use prefixes for sorting and grouping
|
||||||
|
- Review names in team critiques"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
accessibility-audit)
|
||||||
|
desc="Conduct a comprehensive accessibility audit against WCAG guidelines with severity ratings and remediation steps."
|
||||||
|
body="# Accessibility Audit
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in digital accessibility, WCAG guidelines, and inclusive design.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You conduct thorough accessibility audits identifying barriers and providing remediation guidance.
|
||||||
|
## WCAG 2.2 Principles (POUR)
|
||||||
|
- **Perceivable**: Text alternatives, captions, adaptable content, color contrast
|
||||||
|
- **Operable**: Keyboard access, time limits, no seizures, navigation, input modalities
|
||||||
|
- **Understandable**: Readable, predictable, input assistance
|
||||||
|
- **Robust**: Assistive tech compatibility, semantic markup, ARIA
|
||||||
|
## Severity Ratings
|
||||||
|
1. Critical — blocks access entirely
|
||||||
|
2. Major — significant difficulty
|
||||||
|
3. Minor — inconvenience with workarounds
|
||||||
|
4. Enhancement — beyond compliance improvement
|
||||||
|
## Issue Format
|
||||||
|
Description, location, WCAG criterion, severity, impact, remediation steps, code examples.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Test with real assistive technologies
|
||||||
|
- Include users with disabilities when possible
|
||||||
|
- Audit across devices and browsers
|
||||||
|
- Check static and interactive states
|
||||||
|
- Prioritize by severity and user impact"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
theming-system)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design a theming architecture that supports brand variants, dark mode, and high-contrast modes with token mapping."
|
||||||
|
body="# Theming System
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in flexible theming architectures for multi-brand, multi-mode design systems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design theming systems allowing one component library to support multiple visual themes through token mapping.
|
||||||
|
## Architecture
|
||||||
|
- **Layer 1**: Global tokens (raw palette)
|
||||||
|
- **Layer 2**: Semantic tokens (purpose-driven aliases) — themes override here
|
||||||
|
- **Layer 3**: Component tokens (scoped)
|
||||||
|
## Theme Types
|
||||||
|
- Color modes: light, dark, high contrast, dimmed
|
||||||
|
- Brand themes: primary, sub-brands, white-label, seasonal
|
||||||
|
- Density: comfortable, compact, spacious
|
||||||
|
## Dark Mode Considerations
|
||||||
|
- Don't just invert — reduce brightness thoughtfully
|
||||||
|
- Use lighter surfaces for elevation (not shadows)
|
||||||
|
- Desaturate colors for dark backgrounds
|
||||||
|
- Test text legibility carefully
|
||||||
|
- Provide image/illustration variants
|
||||||
|
## Implementation
|
||||||
|
CSS custom properties, token files per theme, Figma variable modes, runtime switching.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Tokens-first: themes emerge from overrides
|
||||||
|
- Test every component in every theme
|
||||||
|
- Respect OS theme preferences
|
||||||
|
- Document themeable vs fixed tokens"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
icon-system)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create an icon system specification covering grid, sizing, naming, categories, and implementation guidance."
|
||||||
|
body="# Icon System
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing and maintaining comprehensive icon systems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create icon system specs ensuring visual consistency and scalable management.
|
||||||
|
## Foundations
|
||||||
|
- **Grid**: Base size (24x24px), keylines, stroke width, corner radius
|
||||||
|
- **Sizes**: XS (12-16px), S (20px), M (24px), L (32px), XL (48px+)
|
||||||
|
- **Style**: Stroke, filled, duotone — when to use each
|
||||||
|
## Naming
|
||||||
|
icon-[category]-[name]-[variant]
|
||||||
|
Categories: action, navigation, content, communication, social, status, file, device
|
||||||
|
## Delivery
|
||||||
|
SVG source, sprite sheets, component wrappers, Figma library
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility
|
||||||
|
- Label or aria-hidden for every icon
|
||||||
|
- Pair with text for critical actions
|
||||||
|
- Sufficient contrast
|
||||||
|
- 44x44px minimum touch targets
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Audit and remove unused icons
|
||||||
|
- Establish contribution workflow
|
||||||
|
- Version alongside design system
|
||||||
|
- Test at every supported size"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
documentation-template)
|
||||||
|
desc="Generate structured documentation templates for components, patterns, or guidelines within a design system."
|
||||||
|
body="# Documentation Template
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating consistent documentation structures for design systems.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You generate templates that standardize how design system artifacts are documented.
|
||||||
|
## Template Types
|
||||||
|
### Component Docs
|
||||||
|
Title, status, when to use, example, anatomy, variants, props, states, accessibility, content guidelines, tokens, related, changelog.
|
||||||
|
### Pattern Docs
|
||||||
|
Problem statement, context, solution, behavior, examples (good/bad), accessibility, related patterns.
|
||||||
|
### Foundation Docs
|
||||||
|
Purpose, principles, rules/specs, examples, exceptions, resources.
|
||||||
|
## Standards
|
||||||
|
- Consistent heading hierarchy
|
||||||
|
- Table of contents for long pages
|
||||||
|
- Tables for comparisons
|
||||||
|
- Code alongside visuals
|
||||||
|
- Status indicators for maturity
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Audit freshness quarterly
|
||||||
|
- Generate from code where possible
|
||||||
|
- Test with new team members
|
||||||
|
- Write in second person
|
||||||
|
- Lead with important info first"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
cat > "design-systems/skills/$skill/SKILL.md" << ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: $skill
|
||||||
|
description: $desc
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
$body
|
||||||
|
ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
cat > design-systems/commands/audit-system.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Run a comprehensive audit of an existing design system for consistency, completeness, and accessibility.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[design system name or description of what to audit]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /audit-system
|
||||||
|
Audit the specified design system or component library.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Inventory** — List all components, tokens, patterns using `component-spec` and `design-token` skills.
|
||||||
|
2. **Consistency** — Evaluate naming using `naming-convention` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Completeness** — Check for missing states/docs using `documentation-template` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Accessibility** — Review against WCAG 2.2 AA using `accessibility-audit` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Token coverage** — Verify token usage using `design-token` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Theming** — Check theme support using `theming-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Report** — Prioritized findings with severity ratings.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Audit report with executive summary, issue counts by severity, detailed findings, and remediation roadmap.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/create-component` or `/tokenize`.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > design-systems/commands/create-component.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Scaffold a full component specification from a name or description.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[component name, e.g., 'date picker' or 'notification banner']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /create-component
|
||||||
|
Generate a comprehensive component specification.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Research** — Understand purpose and common implementations.
|
||||||
|
2. **Anatomy** — Break down parts using `component-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Variants** — Define size, style, layout variants.
|
||||||
|
4. **States** — Map interactive states using `component-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Tokens** — Identify consumed tokens using `design-token` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Accessibility** — Specify ARIA, keyboard, screen reader using `accessibility-audit` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Naming** — Follow conventions using `naming-convention` skill.
|
||||||
|
8. **Documentation** — Structure using `documentation-template` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete spec: overview, anatomy, props/API, variants, states, accessibility, usage guidelines, tokens.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/audit-system`.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > design-systems/commands/tokenize.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Extract and organize design tokens from an existing design or stylesheet.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[CSS file, design file, or description of values to tokenize]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /tokenize
|
||||||
|
Extract hard-coded values and organize into a structured token system.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Extract** — Scan for all visual values.
|
||||||
|
2. **Deduplicate** — Group similar values using `design-token` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Categorize** — Organize by category.
|
||||||
|
4. **Hierarchy** — Define global/semantic/component tiers using `design-token` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Naming** — Apply conventions using `naming-convention` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Themes** — Map variants using `theming-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Document** — Generate reference using `documentation-template` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Token specification with inventory, hierarchy, theme mapping, and migration guide.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/audit-system`.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
echo "✅ design-systems complete (8 skills, 3 commands)"
|
||||||
301
plugin3-ux-strategy.sh
Executable file
301
plugin3-ux-strategy.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
echo "📦 Creating ux-strategy..."
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p ux-strategy/.claude-plugin
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p ux-strategy/commands
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p ux-strategy/skills/{competitive-analysis,design-principles,experience-map,north-star-vision,opportunity-framework,design-brief,stakeholder-alignment,metrics-definition}
|
||||||
|
cat > ux-strategy/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "ux-strategy",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Shape product direction through competitive analysis, design principles, experience mapping, and strategic alignment.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["ux-strategy", "competitive-analysis", "design-principles", "vision", "alignment"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > ux-strategy/README.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
# ux-strategy
|
||||||
|
Shape product direction through competitive analysis, design principles, experience mapping, and strategic alignment.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (8)
|
||||||
|
- **competitive-analysis** — Conduct a structured competitive analysis comparing UX patterns, features, strengths, and gaps.
|
||||||
|
- **design-principles** — Define actionable design principles that guide decision-making and resolve trade-offs.
|
||||||
|
- **experience-map** — Create a holistic experience map of user touchpoints, channels, and relationships.
|
||||||
|
- **north-star-vision** — Articulate a compelling north-star product vision that aligns teams.
|
||||||
|
- **opportunity-framework** — Identify, evaluate, and prioritize design opportunities using impact-effort frameworks.
|
||||||
|
- **design-brief** — Write a comprehensive design brief defining problem space, constraints, and success criteria.
|
||||||
|
- **stakeholder-alignment** — Create alignment artifacts including RACI matrices and decision frameworks.
|
||||||
|
- **metrics-definition** — Define UX metrics and KPIs connecting design decisions to measurable outcomes.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/strategize` — Develop a complete UX strategy for a product or feature area.
|
||||||
|
- `/benchmark` — Run a competitive benchmarking analysis across products.
|
||||||
|
- `/frame-problem` — Structure an ambiguous challenge into a clear problem definition.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
for skill in competitive-analysis design-principles experience-map north-star-vision opportunity-framework design-brief stakeholder-alignment metrics-definition; do
|
||||||
|
desc=""
|
||||||
|
body=""
|
||||||
|
case $skill in
|
||||||
|
competitive-analysis)
|
||||||
|
desc="Conduct a structured competitive analysis comparing UX patterns, features, strengths, and gaps across rival products."
|
||||||
|
body="# Competitive Analysis
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in evaluating competitive landscapes from a UX and design perspective.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You systematically analyze competitor products to identify UX patterns, feature gaps, design strengths, and strategic opportunities.
|
||||||
|
## Analysis Framework
|
||||||
|
### 1. Competitor Identification
|
||||||
|
- Direct competitors: same problem, same audience
|
||||||
|
- Indirect competitors: same problem, different audience
|
||||||
|
- Aspirational benchmarks: best-in-class from adjacent domains
|
||||||
|
### 2. Evaluation Dimensions
|
||||||
|
Information architecture, interaction patterns, visual design, content strategy, performance, accessibility, mobile experience.
|
||||||
|
### 3. Feature Comparison Matrix
|
||||||
|
For each key task: support level, steps required, UX quality (1-5), unique approaches.
|
||||||
|
### 4. Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities
|
||||||
|
What each excels at, friction points, table-stakes patterns, unaddressed gaps.
|
||||||
|
## Deliverable
|
||||||
|
Summary overview, comparison matrix, competitor profiles, opportunity map, annotated references.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Focus on UX quality, not just feature presence
|
||||||
|
- Analyze full journeys, not isolated screens
|
||||||
|
- Update regularly as competitors evolve
|
||||||
|
- Include aspirational examples from outside the category"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
design-principles)
|
||||||
|
desc="Define a set of actionable design principles that guide decision-making and resolve trade-offs."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design Principles
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in crafting design principles that genuinely guide teams through decisions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams articulate principles that are specific, actionable, and memorable.
|
||||||
|
## Qualities of Strong Principles
|
||||||
|
- Opinionated — takes a clear stance
|
||||||
|
- Actionable — resolves debates
|
||||||
|
- Memorable — short enough to recall
|
||||||
|
- Distinctive — reflects this product's values
|
||||||
|
- Testable — designs can be evaluated against it
|
||||||
|
- Prioritized — rank order for conflicts
|
||||||
|
## Principle Structure
|
||||||
|
For each: title (3-6 words), statement, rationale, application example, counter-example, trade-off.
|
||||||
|
## Process
|
||||||
|
1. Gather inputs (research, values, strategy)
|
||||||
|
2. Workshop to surface candidates
|
||||||
|
3. Draft and debate ('Would anyone disagree?')
|
||||||
|
4. Prioritize for conflicts
|
||||||
|
5. Test against past decisions
|
||||||
|
6. Socialize widely
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Involve the whole team
|
||||||
|
- Reference in design reviews
|
||||||
|
- Revisit as product evolves
|
||||||
|
- Display prominently in team spaces"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
experience-map)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create a holistic experience map showing the full ecosystem of user touchpoints, channels, and relationships."
|
||||||
|
body="# Experience Map
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in mapping complex, multi-channel user experiences at a systems level.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create experience maps showing the entire ecosystem of user interactions across touchpoints, channels, and time.
|
||||||
|
## Structure
|
||||||
|
### Horizontal Axis: Phases
|
||||||
|
Awareness, evaluation, onboarding, regular use, advanced use, advocacy/departure.
|
||||||
|
### Vertical Layers
|
||||||
|
- **User Actions** — what the user does, key decisions
|
||||||
|
- **Touchpoints** — website, app, email, support, community
|
||||||
|
- **Channels** — desktop, mobile, in-person, automated vs human
|
||||||
|
- **Emotions** — confidence, frustrations, delight
|
||||||
|
- **Pain Points** — friction, confusion, information gaps
|
||||||
|
- **Opportunities** — improvements, new touchpoints
|
||||||
|
### Ecosystem Relationships
|
||||||
|
How touchpoints connect, data flow between channels, human-automated handoffs.
|
||||||
|
## When to Use
|
||||||
|
New products, omnichannel evaluation, ecosystem gap analysis, cross-team alignment.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Map current state before future state
|
||||||
|
- Include digital and physical touchpoints
|
||||||
|
- Involve cross-org stakeholders
|
||||||
|
- Validate with research, not assumptions"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
north-star-vision)
|
||||||
|
desc="Articulate a compelling north-star product vision that aligns teams and inspires strategic design decisions."
|
||||||
|
body="# North Star Vision
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in articulating inspiring product visions that unite teams and guide direction.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams define a north-star vision — a compelling future state that inspires alignment and guides trade-offs.
|
||||||
|
## Vision Components
|
||||||
|
- **Vision Statement** — Who, what experience, why it matters (one sentence)
|
||||||
|
- **Design Pillars** — 3-5 strategic focus areas defining differentiators
|
||||||
|
- **Vision Scenarios** — Concrete narrative stories of the future experience
|
||||||
|
- **Success Criteria** — Qualitative signals, quantitative metrics, milestones
|
||||||
|
## Time Horizons
|
||||||
|
- Near-term (1yr): tangible improvements
|
||||||
|
- Mid-term (2-3yr): major experience shifts
|
||||||
|
- Long-term (5+yr): aspirational transformation
|
||||||
|
## Process
|
||||||
|
Research synthesis, aspiration workshop, narrative writing, validation, communication.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Inspiring but grounded in real needs
|
||||||
|
- Broad enough for unknowns
|
||||||
|
- Used actively in reviews and planning
|
||||||
|
- Connected to daily work through pillars"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
opportunity-framework)
|
||||||
|
desc="Identify, evaluate, and prioritize design opportunities using impact-effort frameworks and strategic criteria."
|
||||||
|
body="# Opportunity Framework
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in identifying, evaluating, and prioritizing design opportunities.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams move from possible improvements to a prioritized roadmap.
|
||||||
|
## Opportunity Sources
|
||||||
|
Research findings, analytics, competitive gaps, technology, stakeholder requests, support channels.
|
||||||
|
## Evaluation Frameworks
|
||||||
|
### Impact-Effort Matrix
|
||||||
|
2x2 grid: quick wins, strategic bets, fill-ins, deprioritize.
|
||||||
|
### RICE Scoring
|
||||||
|
Reach, Impact (1-3), Confidence (%), Effort (person-weeks).
|
||||||
|
### Kano Model
|
||||||
|
Must-be, one-dimensional, attractive, indifferent, reverse.
|
||||||
|
### Value vs Complexity
|
||||||
|
Score user value (1-10) and complexity (1-10).
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Ranked list with rationale, theme groupings, dependencies, confidence levels.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Use multiple frameworks to triangulate
|
||||||
|
- Include diverse perspectives
|
||||||
|
- Revisit as you learn
|
||||||
|
- Document the 'why' behind every decision"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
design-brief)
|
||||||
|
desc="Write a comprehensive design brief that defines the problem space, constraints, audience, and success criteria."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design Brief
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in writing design briefs that set teams up for focused, effective work.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create briefs defining problem, audience, constraints, and success criteria.
|
||||||
|
## Brief Structure
|
||||||
|
1. **Project Overview** — Name, summary, business context, stakeholder
|
||||||
|
2. **Problem Statement** — What, who, evidence, consequences
|
||||||
|
3. **Target Audience** — Primary/secondary users, characteristics, personas
|
||||||
|
4. **Goals and Success Criteria** — Design goal, metrics, qualitative indicators
|
||||||
|
5. **Scope and Constraints** — In/out of scope, technical/brand/timeline/legal
|
||||||
|
6. **Context and Inputs** — Research, competitive refs, previous attempts
|
||||||
|
7. **Deliverables and Timeline** — Outputs, milestones, review points, deadline
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Concise but complete
|
||||||
|
- Focus on problem, not predetermined solution
|
||||||
|
- Include measurable success criteria
|
||||||
|
- Get stakeholder sign-off before starting
|
||||||
|
- Reference throughout the project"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
stakeholder-alignment)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create stakeholder alignment artifacts including responsibility matrices, decision frameworks, and communication plans."
|
||||||
|
body="# Stakeholder Alignment
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in navigating stakeholder landscapes and creating alignment around design decisions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create artifacts helping teams align with stakeholders on roles, decisions, communication, and feedback.
|
||||||
|
## Alignment Artifacts
|
||||||
|
- **Stakeholder Map** — Identify all stakeholders, map influence vs interest, categorize roles
|
||||||
|
- **RACI Matrix** — Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, Informed per decision
|
||||||
|
- **Decision Framework** — What needs input, who decides, how to resolve disagreements
|
||||||
|
- **Communication Plan** — Who/what/when, cadence, channels, feedback timelines
|
||||||
|
- **Feedback Protocol** — Format, timing, prioritization, conflict handling
|
||||||
|
## Common Challenges
|
||||||
|
Stakeholders designing solutions, conflicting priorities, late-stage scope changes, missing stakeholders.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Map stakeholders at kickoff
|
||||||
|
- Establish decision rights before conflict
|
||||||
|
- Communicate proactively
|
||||||
|
- Document decisions and rationale
|
||||||
|
- Revisit as projects evolve"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
metrics-definition)
|
||||||
|
desc="Define UX metrics and KPIs that connect design decisions to measurable business and user outcomes."
|
||||||
|
body="# Metrics Definition
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in defining meaningful UX metrics that demonstrate design impact.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams define metrics connecting design work to measurable outcomes.
|
||||||
|
## Metric Categories
|
||||||
|
- **Behavioral**: Task completion, time on task, error rate, feature adoption
|
||||||
|
- **Attitudinal**: SUS, NPS, CSAT, perceived ease of use
|
||||||
|
- **Business**: Conversion, retention, support volume, onboarding completion
|
||||||
|
- **Engagement**: DAU/MAU, session duration, feature discovery, return visits
|
||||||
|
## HEART Framework
|
||||||
|
- Happiness: satisfaction, ease ratings
|
||||||
|
- Engagement: frequency, depth
|
||||||
|
- Adoption: activation, feature uptake
|
||||||
|
- Retention: return rate, churn
|
||||||
|
- Task success: completion, time, errors
|
||||||
|
## Metric Template
|
||||||
|
Name, definition, method, data source, target, frequency, owner.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Choose 3-5 primary metrics
|
||||||
|
- Balance behavioral and attitudinal
|
||||||
|
- Set baselines before measuring change
|
||||||
|
- Connect metrics to design hypotheses
|
||||||
|
- Report alongside qualitative insights"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
cat > "ux-strategy/skills/$skill/SKILL.md" << ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: $skill
|
||||||
|
description: $desc
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
$body
|
||||||
|
ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
# Commands
|
||||||
|
cat > ux-strategy/commands/strategize.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Develop a complete UX strategy for a product or feature area.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[product name or feature area to strategize]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /strategize
|
||||||
|
Develop a comprehensive UX strategy.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Vision** — Articulate the north-star using `north-star-vision` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Landscape** — Analyze competitors using `competitive-analysis` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Map** — Create experience map using `experience-map` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Principles** — Define guiding principles using `design-principles` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Opportunities** — Evaluate and prioritize using `opportunity-framework` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Metrics** — Define success measures using `metrics-definition` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Brief** — Consolidate into a design brief using `design-brief` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Strategy document with vision, competitive landscape, experience map, principles, prioritized opportunities, metrics, and design brief.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/benchmark` or `/frame-problem`.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > ux-strategy/commands/benchmark.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Run a competitive benchmarking analysis across a set of products.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[list of competitor products or market category]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /benchmark
|
||||||
|
Run a structured competitive benchmarking analysis.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Identify** — Define competitors using `competitive-analysis` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Criteria** — Establish evaluation dimensions using `metrics-definition` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Analyze** — Deep-dive each competitor using `competitive-analysis` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Compare journeys** — Map experiences using `experience-map` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Score and rank** — Create comparison matrix.
|
||||||
|
6. **Opportunities** — Find gaps using `opportunity-framework` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Report** — Synthesize into actionable findings.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Benchmarking report with profiles, comparison matrix, journey comparisons, opportunity map, and recommendations.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/strategize` or `/frame-problem`.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > ux-strategy/commands/frame-problem.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Structure an ambiguous design challenge into a clear problem definition with constraints and criteria.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[description of the ambiguous design challenge]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /frame-problem
|
||||||
|
Structure an ambiguous challenge into a clear, actionable problem definition.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Explore** — Unpack the challenge, identify assumptions and unknowns.
|
||||||
|
2. **Stakeholders** — Map affected parties using `stakeholder-alignment` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Define** — Write clear problem statement using `design-brief` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Constrain** — Identify technical, business, design constraints.
|
||||||
|
5. **Success criteria** — Define evaluation criteria using `metrics-definition` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Principles** — Set decision-making principles using `design-principles` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Prioritize** — If multiple sub-problems, rank using `opportunity-framework` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Problem definition with statement, scope, constraints, success criteria, principles, and prioritized sub-problems.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/strategize` or `/benchmark`.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
echo "✅ ux-strategy complete (8 skills, 3 commands)"
|
||||||
465
plugin4-ui-design.sh
Executable file
465
plugin4-ui-design.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
echo "📦 Creating ui-design..."
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p ui-design/.claude-plugin
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p ui-design/commands
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p ui-design/skills/{layout-grid,color-system,typography-scale,responsive-design,visual-hierarchy,spacing-system,dark-mode-design,illustration-style,data-visualization}
|
||||||
|
cat > ui-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "ui-design",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Craft polished user interfaces with layout grids, color systems, typography scales, responsive patterns, and visual hierarchy.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["ui-design", "layout", "color", "typography", "responsive", "visual-hierarchy"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > ui-design/README.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
# ui-design
|
||||||
|
Craft polished user interfaces with layout grids, color systems, typography scales, responsive patterns, and visual hierarchy.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (9)
|
||||||
|
- **layout-grid** — Define responsive layout grid systems with columns, gutters, margins, and breakpoints.
|
||||||
|
- **color-system** — Build a comprehensive color system with palette generation and accessibility compliance.
|
||||||
|
- **typography-scale** — Create a modular typography scale with size, weight, and line-height relationships.
|
||||||
|
- **responsive-design** — Design adaptive layouts and interactions across all screen sizes and inputs.
|
||||||
|
- **visual-hierarchy** — Establish clear visual hierarchy through size, weight, color, spacing, and position.
|
||||||
|
- **spacing-system** — Create a consistent spacing system based on a base unit with application rules.
|
||||||
|
- **dark-mode-design** — Design effective dark mode interfaces with proper color adaptation and contrast.
|
||||||
|
- **illustration-style** — Define an illustration style guide with visual language and usage rules.
|
||||||
|
- **data-visualization** — Design clear, accessible data visualizations with appropriate chart selection.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (4)
|
||||||
|
- `/design-screen` — Design a complete screen layout from a description or requirements.
|
||||||
|
- `/color-palette` — Generate a full color palette with semantic mapping and accessibility checks.
|
||||||
|
- `/type-system` — Create a complete typography system from brand fonts or requirements.
|
||||||
|
- `/responsive-audit` — Audit a design for responsive behavior across breakpoints.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
for skill in layout-grid color-system typography-scale responsive-design visual-hierarchy spacing-system dark-mode-design illustration-style data-visualization; do
|
||||||
|
desc=""
|
||||||
|
body=""
|
||||||
|
case $skill in
|
||||||
|
layout-grid)
|
||||||
|
desc="Define responsive layout grid systems with columns, gutters, margins, and breakpoint behavior."
|
||||||
|
body="# Layout Grid
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in layout grid systems for digital product design.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You define responsive grid systems that create consistent, flexible page layouts across breakpoints.
|
||||||
|
## Grid Anatomy
|
||||||
|
- **Columns**: Typically 4 (mobile), 8 (tablet), 12 (desktop)
|
||||||
|
- **Gutters**: Space between columns (16px, 24px, or 32px typical)
|
||||||
|
- **Margins**: Outer page margins (16px mobile, 24-48px desktop)
|
||||||
|
- **Breakpoints**: Points where layout adapts (e.g., 375, 768, 1024, 1440px)
|
||||||
|
## Grid Types
|
||||||
|
- **Column grid**: Equal columns for general layout
|
||||||
|
- **Modular grid**: Columns + rows creating modules
|
||||||
|
- **Baseline grid**: Vertical rhythm alignment (4px or 8px)
|
||||||
|
- **Compound grid**: Overlapping grids for complex layouts
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Behavior
|
||||||
|
- Fluid: columns stretch proportionally
|
||||||
|
- Fixed: max-width container with centered content
|
||||||
|
- Adaptive: distinct layouts per breakpoint
|
||||||
|
- Column dropping: reduce columns at smaller sizes
|
||||||
|
## Common Patterns
|
||||||
|
- Full-bleed: content spans entire viewport
|
||||||
|
- Contained: max-width with margins
|
||||||
|
- Asymmetric: sidebar + main content
|
||||||
|
- Card grids: auto-fill responsive cards
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Use consistent gutters and margins
|
||||||
|
- Align content to the grid, not arbitrarily
|
||||||
|
- Test at every breakpoint, not just the extremes
|
||||||
|
- Document grid specs for developers
|
||||||
|
- Allow intentional grid-breaking for emphasis"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
color-system)
|
||||||
|
desc="Build a comprehensive color system with palette generation, semantic mapping, and accessibility compliance."
|
||||||
|
body="# Color System
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in building systematic, accessible color palettes for digital products.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create comprehensive color systems with raw palettes, semantic mapping, and accessibility compliance.
|
||||||
|
## Color System Layers
|
||||||
|
### 1. Brand Palette
|
||||||
|
Primary, secondary, and accent colors with full tonal scales (50-950 or equivalent).
|
||||||
|
### 2. Neutral Palette
|
||||||
|
Gray scale for text, backgrounds, borders, and surfaces.
|
||||||
|
### 3. Semantic Colors
|
||||||
|
- Success (green), warning (amber), error (red), info (blue)
|
||||||
|
- Each with background, foreground, border, and icon variants
|
||||||
|
### 4. Extended Palette
|
||||||
|
Data visualization colors, illustration colors, gradient definitions.
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility Requirements
|
||||||
|
- Text on backgrounds: minimum 4.5:1 contrast (AA) or 7:1 (AAA)
|
||||||
|
- Large text: minimum 3:1
|
||||||
|
- UI components: minimum 3:1 against adjacent colors
|
||||||
|
- Don't rely on color alone to convey meaning
|
||||||
|
## Color Relationships
|
||||||
|
- Tint/shade scales for each hue
|
||||||
|
- Complementary pairs for contrast
|
||||||
|
- Analogous sets for harmony
|
||||||
|
- Neutral pairings for text/surface combinations
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Generate full tonal scales, not just single swatches
|
||||||
|
- Test every foreground/background combination for contrast
|
||||||
|
- Provide usage guidance for each color
|
||||||
|
- Design for color blindness (test with simulators)
|
||||||
|
- Include dark mode mappings from the start"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
typography-scale)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create a modular typography scale with size, weight, and line-height relationships."
|
||||||
|
body="# Typography Scale
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in typographic systems for digital interfaces.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create modular typography scales that ensure readable, harmonious, and consistent text across a product.
|
||||||
|
## Scale Components
|
||||||
|
### Size Scale
|
||||||
|
Based on a ratio (e.g., 1.25 major third, 1.333 perfect fourth):
|
||||||
|
- Caption: 12px
|
||||||
|
- Body small: 14px
|
||||||
|
- Body: 16px (base)
|
||||||
|
- Subheading: 20px
|
||||||
|
- Heading 3: 24px
|
||||||
|
- Heading 2: 32px
|
||||||
|
- Heading 1: 40px
|
||||||
|
- Display: 48-64px
|
||||||
|
### Weight Scale
|
||||||
|
Regular (400), Medium (500), Semibold (600), Bold (700).
|
||||||
|
### Line Height
|
||||||
|
- Tight: 1.2 (headings)
|
||||||
|
- Normal: 1.5 (body text)
|
||||||
|
- Relaxed: 1.75 (long-form reading)
|
||||||
|
### Letter Spacing
|
||||||
|
- Tight: -0.02em (large headings)
|
||||||
|
- Normal: 0 (body)
|
||||||
|
- Wide: 0.05em (uppercase labels, captions)
|
||||||
|
## Font Pairing
|
||||||
|
- Primary: UI and body text
|
||||||
|
- Secondary: headings or editorial (optional)
|
||||||
|
- Mono: code, data, technical content
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Typography
|
||||||
|
- Scale down heading sizes on mobile
|
||||||
|
- Maintain body size (16px minimum for readability)
|
||||||
|
- Adjust line lengths (45-75 characters optimal)
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Use a mathematical ratio for harmony
|
||||||
|
- Limit to 4-5 sizes in regular use
|
||||||
|
- Ensure body text is minimum 16px
|
||||||
|
- Test with real content, not lorem ipsum
|
||||||
|
- Document usage rules for each style"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
responsive-design)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design adaptive layouts and interactions that work across all screen sizes and input methods."
|
||||||
|
body="# Responsive Design
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing interfaces that adapt gracefully across devices and contexts.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design adaptive layouts and interactions that work across all screen sizes, pixel densities, and input methods.
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Strategies
|
||||||
|
- **Fluid**: Percentage-based widths, flexible within ranges
|
||||||
|
- **Adaptive**: Distinct layouts at specific breakpoints
|
||||||
|
- **Mobile-first**: Start with smallest, enhance upward
|
||||||
|
- **Content-first**: Let content needs drive breakpoints
|
||||||
|
## Common Breakpoints
|
||||||
|
- Small: 375-639px (phones)
|
||||||
|
- Medium: 640-1023px (tablets)
|
||||||
|
- Large: 1024-1439px (laptops)
|
||||||
|
- Extra large: 1440px+ (desktops)
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Patterns
|
||||||
|
- Column drop: reduce columns at smaller sizes
|
||||||
|
- Reflow: stack horizontal elements vertically
|
||||||
|
- Off-canvas: hide secondary content behind toggle
|
||||||
|
- Priority+: show most important, overflow the rest
|
||||||
|
## Input Method Adaptation
|
||||||
|
- Touch: 44px minimum targets, gesture support
|
||||||
|
- Mouse: hover states, precise targeting
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard: focus indicators, logical tab order
|
||||||
|
- Voice: clear labels, logical structure
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Typography and Images
|
||||||
|
- Fluid type scaling between breakpoints
|
||||||
|
- Responsive images with appropriate srcset
|
||||||
|
- Art direction: different crops per breakpoint
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Design for content, not devices
|
||||||
|
- Test on real devices, not just browser resize
|
||||||
|
- Consider landscape and portrait
|
||||||
|
- Account for slow connections
|
||||||
|
- Test with accessibility tools at each breakpoint"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
visual-hierarchy)
|
||||||
|
desc="Establish clear visual hierarchy through size, weight, color, spacing, and positioning."
|
||||||
|
body="# Visual Hierarchy
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating clear visual hierarchy that guides users through interfaces.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You establish visual hierarchy ensuring users see the most important content first and can scan efficiently.
|
||||||
|
## Hierarchy Tools
|
||||||
|
### Size
|
||||||
|
Larger elements draw attention first. Use size differences of at least 1.5x for clear distinction.
|
||||||
|
### Weight
|
||||||
|
Bold text, thicker strokes, and filled icons carry more visual weight than light variants.
|
||||||
|
### Color and Contrast
|
||||||
|
High contrast attracts attention. Use color strategically for CTAs, status, and emphasis.
|
||||||
|
### Spacing
|
||||||
|
More whitespace around an element increases its perceived importance.
|
||||||
|
### Position
|
||||||
|
Top-left (in LTR layouts) gets seen first. Above the fold matters. F-pattern and Z-pattern scanning.
|
||||||
|
### Density
|
||||||
|
Isolated elements stand out. Grouped elements are scanned as a unit.
|
||||||
|
## Hierarchy Levels
|
||||||
|
1. **Primary**: Page title, primary CTA — seen first
|
||||||
|
2. **Secondary**: Section headings, key content — scanned next
|
||||||
|
3. **Tertiary**: Supporting text, metadata — read on demand
|
||||||
|
4. **Quaternary**: Fine print, timestamps — available but not prominent
|
||||||
|
## Common Patterns
|
||||||
|
- Hero sections: large type + image + single CTA
|
||||||
|
- Card layouts: image > title > description > action
|
||||||
|
- Forms: label > input > helper text > error
|
||||||
|
- Navigation: current state > available > disabled
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Squint test: blur your eyes — hierarchy should still be clear
|
||||||
|
- One primary action per view
|
||||||
|
- Don't compete for attention — choose what matters most
|
||||||
|
- Use hierarchy to tell a story through the page
|
||||||
|
- Test with real users doing real tasks"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
spacing-system)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create a consistent spacing system based on a base unit with contextual application rules."
|
||||||
|
body="# Spacing System
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating systematic spacing for consistent, harmonious interfaces.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create spacing systems that bring consistency and rhythm to layouts.
|
||||||
|
## Base Unit
|
||||||
|
Choose a base unit (typically 4px or 8px) and build a scale:
|
||||||
|
- 2xs: 2px
|
||||||
|
- xs: 4px
|
||||||
|
- sm: 8px
|
||||||
|
- md: 16px
|
||||||
|
- lg: 24px
|
||||||
|
- xl: 32px
|
||||||
|
- 2xl: 48px
|
||||||
|
- 3xl: 64px
|
||||||
|
## Spacing Types
|
||||||
|
- **Inset**: Padding inside containers (equal or squish/stretch variants)
|
||||||
|
- **Stack**: Vertical space between stacked elements
|
||||||
|
- **Inline**: Horizontal space between inline elements
|
||||||
|
- **Grid gap**: Space between grid/flex items
|
||||||
|
## Application Rules
|
||||||
|
- Related items: smaller spacing (sm/md)
|
||||||
|
- Distinct sections: larger spacing (lg/xl)
|
||||||
|
- Page margins: consistent per breakpoint
|
||||||
|
- Component internal: defined per component
|
||||||
|
## Density Modes
|
||||||
|
- Compact: reduce spacing by one step (for data-heavy views)
|
||||||
|
- Comfortable: default spacing
|
||||||
|
- Spacious: increase spacing by one step (for reading-focused)
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Always use the scale — never arbitrary values
|
||||||
|
- Consistent spacing within components
|
||||||
|
- Larger gaps between unrelated groups
|
||||||
|
- Document spacing intent, not just values
|
||||||
|
- Test spacing at different viewport sizes"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
dark-mode-design)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design effective dark mode interfaces with proper color adaptation, contrast, and elevation."
|
||||||
|
body="# Dark Mode Design
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing dark mode interfaces that are comfortable, accessible, and polished.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design dark mode experiences that go beyond simple color inversion.
|
||||||
|
## Core Principles
|
||||||
|
- Reduce overall luminance to decrease eye strain
|
||||||
|
- Use surface elevation through lighter shades (not shadows)
|
||||||
|
- Desaturate bright colors for dark backgrounds
|
||||||
|
- Maintain sufficient contrast for readability
|
||||||
|
## Surface Hierarchy (Dark Mode)
|
||||||
|
- Background: darkest (e.g., #121212)
|
||||||
|
- Surface 1: slightly lighter (elevated cards)
|
||||||
|
- Surface 2: lighter again (modals, dropdowns)
|
||||||
|
- Surface 3: lightest dark (tooltips, menus)
|
||||||
|
## Color Adaptation
|
||||||
|
- Primary colors: reduce saturation 10-20%
|
||||||
|
- Error/warning: adjust for dark background contrast
|
||||||
|
- Text: off-white (#E0E0E0) not pure white (#FFFFFF)
|
||||||
|
- Borders: subtle, low-opacity white
|
||||||
|
## Images and Media
|
||||||
|
- Consider dimming images slightly
|
||||||
|
- Provide dark-variant illustrations
|
||||||
|
- Logos may need light-on-dark versions
|
||||||
|
- Avoid large bright areas in imagery
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility in Dark Mode
|
||||||
|
- Minimum 4.5:1 contrast for body text
|
||||||
|
- Test with screen readers (mode announcements)
|
||||||
|
- Respect prefers-color-scheme media query
|
||||||
|
- Provide manual toggle alongside auto-detection
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Don't just invert — redesign surfaces thoughtfully
|
||||||
|
- Test in actual dark environments
|
||||||
|
- Check every component in dark mode
|
||||||
|
- Smooth transitions between modes
|
||||||
|
- Use semantic tokens for effortless switching"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
illustration-style)
|
||||||
|
desc="Define an illustration style guide with visual language, color usage, and application rules."
|
||||||
|
body="# Illustration Style
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in defining illustration systems that support product communication and brand identity.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create illustration style guides ensuring consistent visual storytelling across a product.
|
||||||
|
## Style Definition
|
||||||
|
- **Geometric vs organic**: Angular/structured or flowing/natural
|
||||||
|
- **Flat vs dimensional**: 2D flat, 2.5D isometric, or 3D
|
||||||
|
- **Detailed vs minimal**: Level of detail and complexity
|
||||||
|
- **Abstract vs representational**: Symbolic or realistic
|
||||||
|
- **Line style**: Stroke weight, corners, endpoints
|
||||||
|
## Color in Illustration
|
||||||
|
- Use a subset of the product color palette
|
||||||
|
- Define primary, secondary, and accent illustration colors
|
||||||
|
- Rules for gradients and shadows
|
||||||
|
- Dark mode illustration variants
|
||||||
|
## Character Design (if applicable)
|
||||||
|
- Proportions and body style
|
||||||
|
- Level of detail in faces
|
||||||
|
- Diversity and representation guidelines
|
||||||
|
- Poses and expressions library
|
||||||
|
## Illustration Types
|
||||||
|
- **Spot illustrations**: Small, inline, supporting UI elements
|
||||||
|
- **Hero illustrations**: Large, featured, storytelling
|
||||||
|
- **Empty states**: Guide users when no content exists
|
||||||
|
- **Onboarding**: Explain features and concepts
|
||||||
|
- **Error states**: Soften error messages
|
||||||
|
## Application Rules
|
||||||
|
- When to use vs when not to use illustrations
|
||||||
|
- Size constraints per context
|
||||||
|
- Alignment with grid system
|
||||||
|
- Animation guidelines for illustrated elements
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Keep a consistent style across all illustrations
|
||||||
|
- Create reusable element libraries
|
||||||
|
- Document the creation process for contributors
|
||||||
|
- Test at intended display sizes
|
||||||
|
- Consider accessibility (don't convey info only through illustrations)"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
data-visualization)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design clear, accessible data visualizations with appropriate chart selection and styling."
|
||||||
|
body="# Data Visualization
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing clear, accessible, and informative data visualizations.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design data visualizations that communicate insights effectively using appropriate chart types and styling.
|
||||||
|
## Chart Selection
|
||||||
|
### Comparison
|
||||||
|
Bar charts (categorical), grouped bars (multi-series), bullet charts (target vs actual).
|
||||||
|
### Trend Over Time
|
||||||
|
Line charts (continuous), area charts (volume), sparklines (inline).
|
||||||
|
### Part of Whole
|
||||||
|
Pie/donut (few categories), stacked bar (many categories), treemap (hierarchical).
|
||||||
|
### Distribution
|
||||||
|
Histogram, box plot, scatter plot.
|
||||||
|
### Relationship
|
||||||
|
Scatter plot, bubble chart, heat map.
|
||||||
|
## Design Principles
|
||||||
|
- Data-ink ratio: maximize data, minimize decoration
|
||||||
|
- Clear axis labels and legends
|
||||||
|
- Consistent color encoding across views
|
||||||
|
- Start y-axis at zero for bar charts
|
||||||
|
- Use annotation to highlight key insights
|
||||||
|
## Color in Data Viz
|
||||||
|
- Sequential: light to dark for ordered data
|
||||||
|
- Diverging: two-hue scale for above/below midpoint
|
||||||
|
- Categorical: distinct hues for unrelated categories
|
||||||
|
- Colorblind-safe palettes (avoid red-green only)
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility
|
||||||
|
- Don't rely on color alone — use patterns, labels, or shapes
|
||||||
|
- Provide text alternatives for charts
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard navigable interactive charts
|
||||||
|
- Sufficient contrast for data elements
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Data Viz
|
||||||
|
- Simplify at small sizes (fewer data points, larger labels)
|
||||||
|
- Consider alternative views for mobile (table instead of chart)
|
||||||
|
- Touch-friendly tooltips and interactions
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Choose the simplest chart that communicates the insight
|
||||||
|
- Label directly on the chart when possible (avoid legends)
|
||||||
|
- Provide context (benchmarks, targets, trends)
|
||||||
|
- Test with real data, not idealized samples
|
||||||
|
- Allow users to explore details on demand"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
cat > "ui-design/skills/$skill/SKILL.md" << ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: $skill
|
||||||
|
description: $desc
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
$body
|
||||||
|
ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
# Commands
|
||||||
|
cat > ui-design/commands/design-screen.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design a complete screen layout from a description or requirements.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[screen description, e.g., 'user profile settings page' or 'e-commerce product listing']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /design-screen
|
||||||
|
Design a complete screen layout from a description.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Structure** — Define layout grid using `layout-grid` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Hierarchy** — Establish visual priority using `visual-hierarchy` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Typography** — Apply type styles using `typography-scale` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Color** — Apply color system using `color-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Spacing** — Apply consistent spacing using `spacing-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Responsive** — Define behavior across breakpoints using `responsive-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Dark mode** — Specify dark mode adaptation using `dark-mode-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete screen specification with layout, hierarchy, typography, color, spacing, responsive behavior, and dark mode.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/responsive-audit` to verify the design.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > ui-design/commands/color-palette.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Generate a full color palette with semantic mapping and accessibility checks.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[brand colors, mood, or requirements, e.g., '#3B82F6 primary blue, modern tech feel']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /color-palette
|
||||||
|
Generate a comprehensive color palette.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Base palette** — Generate tonal scales from input colors using `color-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Semantic mapping** — Map colors to semantic roles (success, error, etc.) using `color-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Accessibility check** — Verify contrast ratios for all combinations using `color-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Dark mode** — Create dark mode color mappings using `dark-mode-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Data viz** — Define data visualization colors using `data-visualization` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Document** — Output the complete palette with usage guidance.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete color system with tonal scales, semantic mapping, contrast matrix, dark mode mappings, and usage guidelines.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/design-screen` to apply the palette.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > ui-design/commands/type-system.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Create a complete typography system from brand fonts or requirements.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[font names or requirements, e.g., 'Inter for UI, Merriweather for editorial']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /type-system
|
||||||
|
Create a complete typography system.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Scale** — Build a modular type scale using `typography-scale` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Hierarchy** — Define hierarchy levels using `visual-hierarchy` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Responsive** — Adapt scale across breakpoints using `responsive-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Spacing** — Define text spacing relationships using `spacing-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Grid alignment** — Align to baseline grid using `layout-grid` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Document** — Output complete type system with usage rules.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Typography system with scale, styles, responsive behavior, spacing, grid alignment, and usage guidelines.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/design-screen` to apply the type system.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > ui-design/commands/responsive-audit.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Audit a design for responsive behavior across breakpoints.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[screen or feature name to audit]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /responsive-audit
|
||||||
|
Audit a design for responsive behavior.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Breakpoints** — Review behavior at each breakpoint using `responsive-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Grid** — Check layout grid compliance using `layout-grid` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Typography** — Verify type scaling using `typography-scale` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Spacing** — Check spacing consistency using `spacing-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Hierarchy** — Verify hierarchy holds at all sizes using `visual-hierarchy` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Touch targets** — Verify minimum sizes for touch using `responsive-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Report** — Document findings with recommendations.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Responsive audit report with findings per breakpoint, compliance status, and remediation recommendations.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/design-screen` to redesign problem areas.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
echo "✅ ui-design complete (9 skills, 4 commands)"
|
||||||
396
plugin5-interaction-design.sh
Executable file
396
plugin5-interaction-design.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
echo "📦 Creating interaction-design..."
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p interaction-design/.claude-plugin
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p interaction-design/commands
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p interaction-design/skills/{micro-interaction-spec,animation-principles,state-machine,gesture-patterns,error-handling-ux,loading-states,feedback-patterns}
|
||||||
|
cat > interaction-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "interaction-design",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Design meaningful interactions with micro-animations, state machines, gestures, error handling, and feedback patterns.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["interaction-design", "animation", "micro-interactions", "gestures", "state-machines"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > interaction-design/README.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
# interaction-design
|
||||||
|
Design meaningful interactions with micro-animations, state machines, gestures, error handling, and feedback patterns.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (7)
|
||||||
|
- **micro-interaction-spec** — Specify micro-interactions with trigger, rules, feedback, and loop/mode definitions.
|
||||||
|
- **animation-principles** — Apply animation principles to UI motion for purposeful, polished interactions.
|
||||||
|
- **state-machine** — Model complex UI behavior as finite state machines with states and transitions.
|
||||||
|
- **gesture-patterns** — Design gesture-based interactions for touch and pointer devices.
|
||||||
|
- **error-handling-ux** — Design error prevention, detection, and recovery experiences.
|
||||||
|
- **loading-states** — Design loading, skeleton, and progressive content reveal patterns.
|
||||||
|
- **feedback-patterns** — Design system feedback for user actions including confirmations and status.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/design-interaction` — Design a complete interaction flow for a feature or component.
|
||||||
|
- `/map-states` — Model the states and transitions for a complex UI component.
|
||||||
|
- `/error-flow` — Design a complete error handling flow for a feature.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
for skill in micro-interaction-spec animation-principles state-machine gesture-patterns error-handling-ux loading-states feedback-patterns; do
|
||||||
|
desc=""
|
||||||
|
body=""
|
||||||
|
case $skill in
|
||||||
|
micro-interaction-spec)
|
||||||
|
desc="Specify micro-interactions with trigger, rules, feedback, and loop/mode definitions."
|
||||||
|
body="# Micro-Interaction Spec
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing micro-interactions that make interfaces feel alive and intuitive.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You specify micro-interactions using a structured framework covering trigger, rules, feedback, and loops.
|
||||||
|
## Micro-Interaction Framework
|
||||||
|
### 1. Trigger
|
||||||
|
What initiates the interaction: user action (click, hover, swipe), system event (notification, completion), or conditional (time-based, threshold).
|
||||||
|
### 2. Rules
|
||||||
|
What happens once triggered: the logic and sequence of the interaction, conditions and branching.
|
||||||
|
### 3. Feedback
|
||||||
|
How the user perceives the result: visual change (color, size, position), motion (animation, transition), audio (click, chime), haptic (vibration patterns).
|
||||||
|
### 4. Loops and Modes
|
||||||
|
Does the interaction repeat? Does it change over time? First-time vs repeat behavior, progressive disclosure.
|
||||||
|
## Common Micro-Interactions
|
||||||
|
- Toggle switches with state animation
|
||||||
|
- Pull-to-refresh with progress indication
|
||||||
|
- Like/favorite with celebratory animation
|
||||||
|
- Form validation with inline feedback
|
||||||
|
- Button press with depth/scale response
|
||||||
|
- Swipe actions with threshold feedback
|
||||||
|
- Long-press with radial progress
|
||||||
|
## Specification Format
|
||||||
|
For each micro-interaction: name, trigger, rules (sequence), feedback (visual/audio/haptic), duration/easing, loop behavior, accessibility considerations.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Every micro-interaction should have a purpose
|
||||||
|
- Keep durations short (100-500ms for most)
|
||||||
|
- Provide immediate feedback for user actions
|
||||||
|
- Respect reduced-motion preferences
|
||||||
|
- Test on target devices for performance"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
animation-principles)
|
||||||
|
desc="Apply animation principles to UI motion for purposeful, polished interactions."
|
||||||
|
body="# Animation Principles
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in applying motion design principles to create purposeful UI animations.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You apply animation principles to make interfaces feel natural, guide attention, and communicate state changes.
|
||||||
|
## Core UI Animation Principles
|
||||||
|
### Easing
|
||||||
|
- Ease-out: decelerating (entering elements)
|
||||||
|
- Ease-in: accelerating (exiting elements)
|
||||||
|
- Ease-in-out: both (moving between positions)
|
||||||
|
- Linear: only for continuous animations (progress bars)
|
||||||
|
### Duration
|
||||||
|
- Micro (50-100ms): button states, toggles
|
||||||
|
- Short (150-250ms): tooltips, fades, small movements
|
||||||
|
- Medium (250-400ms): page transitions, modals
|
||||||
|
- Long (400-700ms): complex choreography
|
||||||
|
### Motion Principles
|
||||||
|
- **Purposeful**: every animation communicates something
|
||||||
|
- **Quick**: faster is almost always better in UI
|
||||||
|
- **Natural**: follow physics (acceleration, deceleration)
|
||||||
|
- **Choreographed**: related elements move in coordinated sequence
|
||||||
|
- **Interruptible**: animations can be cancelled mid-flight
|
||||||
|
## Animation Types
|
||||||
|
- **Entrance**: fade in, slide in, scale up
|
||||||
|
- **Exit**: fade out, slide out, scale down
|
||||||
|
- **Emphasis**: pulse, shake, bounce
|
||||||
|
- **Transition**: morph, crossfade, shared element
|
||||||
|
- **Loading**: skeleton shimmer, spinner, progress
|
||||||
|
## Stagger and Sequence
|
||||||
|
- Stagger related items by 30-50ms each
|
||||||
|
- Lead with the most important element
|
||||||
|
- Limit total sequence duration to under 700ms
|
||||||
|
- Use consistent direction for related movements
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Support prefers-reduced-motion
|
||||||
|
- Don't animate for the sake of it
|
||||||
|
- Test on low-powered devices
|
||||||
|
- Keep animations under 400ms for responsive feel
|
||||||
|
- Use will-change or transform for performance"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
state-machine)
|
||||||
|
desc="Model complex UI behavior as finite state machines with states, events, and transitions."
|
||||||
|
body="# State Machine
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in modeling complex UI behavior as finite state machines.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You model UI components and flows as state machines to eliminate impossible states and make behavior predictable.
|
||||||
|
## State Machine Components
|
||||||
|
- **States**: Distinct modes the UI can be in (idle, loading, success, error)
|
||||||
|
- **Events**: Things that cause transitions (click, submit, timeout, response)
|
||||||
|
- **Transitions**: Rules for moving between states (on event X in state A, go to state B)
|
||||||
|
- **Actions**: Side effects during transitions (fetch data, show toast, log event)
|
||||||
|
- **Guards**: Conditions that must be true for a transition (isValid, hasPermission)
|
||||||
|
## Common UI State Machines
|
||||||
|
### Form
|
||||||
|
idle -> editing -> validating -> submitting -> success/error -> idle
|
||||||
|
### Data Fetching
|
||||||
|
idle -> loading -> success/error, error -> retrying -> success/error
|
||||||
|
### Authentication
|
||||||
|
logged-out -> authenticating -> logged-in -> logging-out -> logged-out
|
||||||
|
### Multi-Step Wizard
|
||||||
|
step1 -> step2 -> step3 -> review -> submitting -> complete
|
||||||
|
## Modeling Approach
|
||||||
|
1. List all possible states
|
||||||
|
2. List all events/triggers
|
||||||
|
3. Define valid transitions
|
||||||
|
4. Identify impossible states to prevent
|
||||||
|
5. Add guards for conditional transitions
|
||||||
|
6. Define entry/exit actions per state
|
||||||
|
## Benefits
|
||||||
|
- Eliminates impossible states (no loading + error simultaneously)
|
||||||
|
- Makes edge cases visible
|
||||||
|
- Shared language between design and engineering
|
||||||
|
- Testable behavior specification
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Start with the happy path, then add error states
|
||||||
|
- Every state should have a way out (no dead ends)
|
||||||
|
- Keep state machines focused (one per concern)
|
||||||
|
- Document with visual diagrams
|
||||||
|
- Map each state to a UI representation"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
gesture-patterns)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design gesture-based interactions for touch and pointer devices."
|
||||||
|
body="# Gesture Patterns
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing intuitive gesture-based interactions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design gesture interactions that feel natural and discoverable across touch and pointer devices.
|
||||||
|
## Core Gestures
|
||||||
|
- **Tap**: Select, activate, toggle
|
||||||
|
- **Double tap**: Zoom, like/favorite
|
||||||
|
- **Long press**: Context menu, reorder mode, preview
|
||||||
|
- **Swipe**: Navigate, dismiss, reveal actions
|
||||||
|
- **Pinch**: Zoom in/out
|
||||||
|
- **Rotate**: Rotate content (maps, images)
|
||||||
|
- **Drag**: Move, reorder, adjust values
|
||||||
|
- **Pull**: Refresh content (pull-to-refresh)
|
||||||
|
## Gesture Design Rules
|
||||||
|
### Discoverability
|
||||||
|
- Pair gestures with visible affordances
|
||||||
|
- Provide visual hints on first use
|
||||||
|
- Always have a non-gesture alternative (button/menu)
|
||||||
|
### Feedback
|
||||||
|
- Immediate visual response when gesture starts
|
||||||
|
- Progress indication during gesture
|
||||||
|
- Threshold indicators (snap points, rubber-banding)
|
||||||
|
- Completion confirmation
|
||||||
|
### Thresholds
|
||||||
|
- Minimum distance before gesture activates (10-15px)
|
||||||
|
- Velocity thresholds for flick/swipe
|
||||||
|
- Direction lock (horizontal vs vertical)
|
||||||
|
- Cancel zone (return to start to abort)
|
||||||
|
## Conflict Resolution
|
||||||
|
- Scroll vs swipe: direction lock after initial movement
|
||||||
|
- Tap vs long press: time threshold (500ms typical)
|
||||||
|
- Pinch vs drag: number of touch points
|
||||||
|
- System gestures take priority (back swipe, notification pull)
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility
|
||||||
|
- Every gesture must have a non-gesture alternative
|
||||||
|
- Support switch control and voice control
|
||||||
|
- Custom gestures should be documented
|
||||||
|
- Respect reduced-motion preferences for gesture animations
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Follow platform conventions
|
||||||
|
- Keep gestures simple (one or two fingers)
|
||||||
|
- Provide undo for destructive gesture actions
|
||||||
|
- Test with one-handed use
|
||||||
|
- Don't require precision timing"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
error-handling-ux)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design error prevention, detection, and recovery experiences."
|
||||||
|
body="# Error Handling UX
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing error experiences that prevent, detect, and help users recover from errors.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design error handling that minimizes frustration and helps users succeed.
|
||||||
|
## Error Handling Hierarchy
|
||||||
|
### 1. Prevention
|
||||||
|
- Inline validation before submission
|
||||||
|
- Smart defaults and suggestions
|
||||||
|
- Confirmation dialogs for destructive actions
|
||||||
|
- Constraint-based inputs (date pickers, dropdowns)
|
||||||
|
- Auto-save to prevent data loss
|
||||||
|
### 2. Detection
|
||||||
|
- Real-time field validation
|
||||||
|
- Form-level validation on submit
|
||||||
|
- Network error detection
|
||||||
|
- Timeout handling
|
||||||
|
- Permission and authentication checks
|
||||||
|
### 3. Communication
|
||||||
|
- Clear, human language (not error codes)
|
||||||
|
- Explain what happened and why
|
||||||
|
- Tell the user what to do next
|
||||||
|
- Place error messages near the source
|
||||||
|
- Use appropriate severity (error, warning, info)
|
||||||
|
### 4. Recovery
|
||||||
|
- Preserve user input (don't clear forms on error)
|
||||||
|
- Offer retry for transient failures
|
||||||
|
- Provide alternative paths
|
||||||
|
- Auto-retry with backoff for network errors
|
||||||
|
- Undo for accidental actions
|
||||||
|
## Error Message Format
|
||||||
|
- **What happened**: Brief, clear description
|
||||||
|
- **Why**: Context if helpful
|
||||||
|
- **What to do**: Specific action to resolve
|
||||||
|
## Error States by Context
|
||||||
|
- **Forms**: Inline per-field + summary at top
|
||||||
|
- **Pages**: Full-page error with retry/back options
|
||||||
|
- **Network**: Toast/banner with retry
|
||||||
|
- **Empty results**: Helpful empty state with suggestions
|
||||||
|
- **Permissions**: Explain what access is needed and how to get it
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Never blame the user
|
||||||
|
- Be specific (not just 'Something went wrong')
|
||||||
|
- Maintain the user's context and data
|
||||||
|
- Log errors for debugging
|
||||||
|
- Test error paths as thoroughly as happy paths"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
loading-states)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design loading, skeleton, and progressive content reveal patterns."
|
||||||
|
body="# Loading States
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing loading experiences that maintain user confidence and perceived performance.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design loading patterns that keep users informed and reduce perceived wait time.
|
||||||
|
## Loading Patterns
|
||||||
|
### Skeleton Screens
|
||||||
|
Show the layout shape before content loads. Use for known content structure. Animate with subtle shimmer.
|
||||||
|
### Spinner/Progress
|
||||||
|
Indeterminate spinner for unknown duration. Determinate progress bar when progress is measurable. Keep spinners small and unobtrusive.
|
||||||
|
### Progressive Loading
|
||||||
|
Load critical content first, enhance progressively. Lazy-load below-fold content. Blur-up images (low-res placeholder to full).
|
||||||
|
### Optimistic UI
|
||||||
|
Show the expected result immediately. Reconcile with server response. Roll back if the action fails.
|
||||||
|
### Placeholder Content
|
||||||
|
Show placeholder text/images while loading. Use realistic proportions. Transition smoothly to real content.
|
||||||
|
## Duration Guidelines
|
||||||
|
- Under 100ms: no loading indicator needed
|
||||||
|
- 100ms-1s: subtle indicator (opacity change, skeleton)
|
||||||
|
- 1-10s: clear loading state with progress if possible
|
||||||
|
- Over 10s: detailed progress, time estimate, background option
|
||||||
|
## Transition Behavior
|
||||||
|
- Fade content in (don't pop)
|
||||||
|
- Stagger items for lists (30-50ms intervals)
|
||||||
|
- Avoid layout shifts when content loads
|
||||||
|
- Maintain scroll position on content refresh
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Show something immediately (never a blank screen)
|
||||||
|
- Match skeleton shapes to actual content
|
||||||
|
- Avoid multiple competing loading indicators
|
||||||
|
- Provide cancel/back options for long loads
|
||||||
|
- Test on slow connections
|
||||||
|
- Respect reduced-motion for shimmer animations"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
feedback-patterns)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design system feedback for user actions including confirmations, status updates, and notifications."
|
||||||
|
body="# Feedback Patterns
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing system feedback that keeps users informed and confident.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design feedback mechanisms that confirm actions, communicate status, and guide next steps.
|
||||||
|
## Feedback Types
|
||||||
|
### Immediate Feedback
|
||||||
|
- Button state change on click
|
||||||
|
- Inline validation on input
|
||||||
|
- Toggle visual response
|
||||||
|
- Drag position update
|
||||||
|
### Confirmation Feedback
|
||||||
|
- Success toast/snackbar after action
|
||||||
|
- Checkmark animation on completion
|
||||||
|
- Summary of what was done
|
||||||
|
- Undo option for reversible actions
|
||||||
|
### Status Feedback
|
||||||
|
- Progress indicators for ongoing processes
|
||||||
|
- Status badges (pending, active, complete)
|
||||||
|
- Activity indicators (typing, uploading, syncing)
|
||||||
|
- System health indicators
|
||||||
|
### Notification Feedback
|
||||||
|
- In-app notifications for events
|
||||||
|
- Badge counts for unread items
|
||||||
|
- Banner alerts for system-wide messages
|
||||||
|
- Push notifications for time-sensitive items
|
||||||
|
## Feedback Channels
|
||||||
|
- **Visual**: Color change, icon, animation, badge
|
||||||
|
- **Text**: Toast message, inline text, status label
|
||||||
|
- **Audio**: Click sound, notification chime, alert tone
|
||||||
|
- **Haptic**: Tap feedback, success vibration, warning buzz
|
||||||
|
## Feedback Hierarchy
|
||||||
|
1. Inline/contextual — closest to the action (preferred)
|
||||||
|
2. Component-level — within the current component
|
||||||
|
3. Page-level — banner or toast at page level
|
||||||
|
4. System-level — notification outside current view
|
||||||
|
## Duration and Dismissal
|
||||||
|
- Toasts: auto-dismiss after 3-5 seconds
|
||||||
|
- Errors: persist until resolved or dismissed
|
||||||
|
- Confirmations: brief display with undo window
|
||||||
|
- Status: persist while relevant
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Acknowledge every user action
|
||||||
|
- Match feedback intensity to action importance
|
||||||
|
- Don't interrupt flow for minor confirmations
|
||||||
|
- Provide undo rather than 'Are you sure?'
|
||||||
|
- Ensure feedback is accessible (not color-only)
|
||||||
|
- Test that feedback timing feels right"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
cat > "interaction-design/skills/$skill/SKILL.md" << ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: $skill
|
||||||
|
description: $desc
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
$body
|
||||||
|
ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
# Commands
|
||||||
|
cat > interaction-design/commands/design-interaction.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design a complete interaction flow for a feature or component.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[feature or component, e.g., 'add to cart flow' or 'drag-to-reorder list']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /design-interaction
|
||||||
|
Design a complete interaction flow.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **States** — Model the interaction states using `state-machine` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Micro-interactions** — Specify each micro-interaction using `micro-interaction-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Animation** — Define motion using `animation-principles` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Gestures** — Design touch/pointer interactions using `gesture-patterns` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Feedback** — Specify system feedback using `feedback-patterns` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Error handling** — Design error paths using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Loading** — Design loading states using `loading-states` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete interaction specification with state diagram, micro-interaction specs, animation details, gesture definitions, feedback plan, error flows, and loading states.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/map-states` for complex components or `/error-flow` for critical paths.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > interaction-design/commands/map-states.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Model the states and transitions for a complex UI component.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[component name, e.g., 'media player' or 'multi-step checkout']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /map-states
|
||||||
|
Model states and transitions for a complex component.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Identify states** — List all possible states using `state-machine` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Map transitions** — Define events and transitions using `state-machine` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Loading states** — Define loading behavior per state using `loading-states` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Error states** — Map error conditions using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Feedback** — Define feedback per transition using `feedback-patterns` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Animation** — Specify transition animations using `animation-principles` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete state machine diagram with states, events, transitions, guards, actions, and UI representation per state.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/design-interaction` for detailed interaction specs.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > interaction-design/commands/error-flow.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design a complete error handling flow for a feature.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[feature name, e.g., 'payment processing' or 'file upload']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /error-flow
|
||||||
|
Design complete error handling for a feature.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Identify errors** — List all possible error conditions using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Prevention** — Design prevention measures using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **State modeling** — Map error states using `state-machine` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Feedback** — Design error communication using `feedback-patterns` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Recovery** — Design recovery paths using `error-handling-ux` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Loading** — Handle timeout and retry states using `loading-states` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Error handling specification with error inventory, prevention measures, state diagram, error messages, recovery flows, and retry strategies.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/map-states` for the full component state model.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
echo "✅ interaction-design complete (7 skills, 3 commands)"
|
||||||
433
plugin6-prototyping-testing.sh
Executable file
433
plugin6-prototyping-testing.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
echo "📦 Creating prototyping-testing..."
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p prototyping-testing/.claude-plugin
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p prototyping-testing/commands
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p prototyping-testing/skills/{prototype-strategy,test-scenario,heuristic-evaluation,a-b-test-design,user-flow-diagram,wireframe-spec,click-test-plan,accessibility-test-plan}
|
||||||
|
cat > prototyping-testing/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "prototyping-testing",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Plan and execute design validation through prototyping strategies, usability testing, heuristic evaluation, and A/B experiments.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["prototyping", "usability-testing", "heuristic-evaluation", "a-b-testing", "wireframes"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > prototyping-testing/README.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
# prototyping-testing
|
||||||
|
Plan and execute design validation through prototyping strategies, usability testing, heuristic evaluation, and A/B experiments.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (8)
|
||||||
|
- **prototype-strategy** — Choose the right prototyping fidelity and method for the design question.
|
||||||
|
- **test-scenario** — Write usability test scenarios with tasks, success criteria, and observation guides.
|
||||||
|
- **heuristic-evaluation** — Conduct expert heuristic evaluations using Nielsen's heuristics and domain-specific criteria.
|
||||||
|
- **a-b-test-design** — Design rigorous A/B tests with hypotheses, variants, metrics, and sample size calculations.
|
||||||
|
- **user-flow-diagram** — Create user flow diagrams showing paths, decisions, and branch logic.
|
||||||
|
- **wireframe-spec** — Specify wireframe layouts with content priority, component placement, and annotation.
|
||||||
|
- **click-test-plan** — Design click/first-click tests to evaluate navigation and information findability.
|
||||||
|
- **accessibility-test-plan** — Create accessibility testing plans covering assistive technologies and WCAG criteria.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (4)
|
||||||
|
- `/prototype-plan` — Create a prototyping and testing plan for a design initiative.
|
||||||
|
- `/evaluate` — Run a heuristic evaluation of an existing design.
|
||||||
|
- `/test-plan` — Design a complete usability testing plan.
|
||||||
|
- `/experiment` — Design an A/B experiment for a design hypothesis.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
for skill in prototype-strategy test-scenario heuristic-evaluation a-b-test-design user-flow-diagram wireframe-spec click-test-plan accessibility-test-plan; do
|
||||||
|
desc=""
|
||||||
|
body=""
|
||||||
|
case $skill in
|
||||||
|
prototype-strategy)
|
||||||
|
desc="Choose the right prototyping fidelity and method for the design question."
|
||||||
|
body="# Prototype Strategy
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in choosing prototyping approaches that efficiently answer design questions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams choose the right fidelity, tool, and method for prototyping based on what they need to learn.
|
||||||
|
## Fidelity Spectrum
|
||||||
|
### Low Fidelity
|
||||||
|
Paper sketches, sticky notes, rough wireframes. Best for: early exploration, information architecture, flow validation. Fast to create, easy to discard.
|
||||||
|
### Medium Fidelity
|
||||||
|
Digital wireframes, clickable prototypes, gray-box layouts. Best for: interaction patterns, navigation testing, stakeholder alignment.
|
||||||
|
### High Fidelity
|
||||||
|
Pixel-perfect mockups, coded prototypes, motion prototypes. Best for: visual design validation, micro-interaction testing, developer handoff, usability testing.
|
||||||
|
## Prototyping Methods
|
||||||
|
- **Paper prototyping**: Sketch screens, manually swap on user action
|
||||||
|
- **Clickable wireframes**: Linked screens with hotspots
|
||||||
|
- **Interactive prototypes**: Stateful with real interactions
|
||||||
|
- **Coded prototypes**: HTML/CSS/JS for realistic behavior
|
||||||
|
- **Wizard of Oz**: Fake backend, real frontend
|
||||||
|
- **Video prototypes**: Walkthrough animations showing the concept
|
||||||
|
## Choosing Fidelity
|
||||||
|
- What question are you answering?
|
||||||
|
- Who is the audience (users, stakeholders, developers)?
|
||||||
|
- How much time do you have?
|
||||||
|
- How many iterations do you expect?
|
||||||
|
- What decisions will this prototype inform?
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Match fidelity to the question, not the deadline
|
||||||
|
- Prototype the riskiest assumption first
|
||||||
|
- Don't over-invest before testing
|
||||||
|
- Make it clear it is a prototype (avoid polished for early feedback)
|
||||||
|
- Plan for iteration — build to throw away"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
test-scenario)
|
||||||
|
desc="Write usability test scenarios with tasks, success criteria, and observation guides."
|
||||||
|
body="# Test Scenario
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in writing usability test scenarios that reveal genuine user behavior.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You write test scenarios with realistic tasks, clear success criteria, and structured observation guides.
|
||||||
|
## Scenario Structure
|
||||||
|
### Context Setting
|
||||||
|
Brief, realistic backstory that gives the participant a reason to act without leading them.
|
||||||
|
### Task
|
||||||
|
Specific goal to accomplish. Action-oriented, not question-based. Avoids UI terminology that hints at the answer.
|
||||||
|
### Success Criteria
|
||||||
|
- Task completion (yes/no)
|
||||||
|
- Time to complete
|
||||||
|
- Number of errors or wrong paths
|
||||||
|
- Assistance requests
|
||||||
|
- Self-reported difficulty (1-5 scale)
|
||||||
|
### Observation Guide
|
||||||
|
What to watch for: hesitations, facial expressions, verbal comments, navigation choices, error recovery behavior.
|
||||||
|
## Task Types
|
||||||
|
- **Exploratory**: Find information (e.g., 'Find the return policy')
|
||||||
|
- **Specific**: Complete a goal (e.g., 'Add a blue shirt size M to your cart')
|
||||||
|
- **Comparative**: Choose between options
|
||||||
|
- **Open-ended**: Achieve a goal with multiple valid paths
|
||||||
|
## Scenario Writing Rules
|
||||||
|
- Use participant's language, not product jargon
|
||||||
|
- Give motivation, not instructions
|
||||||
|
- One goal per task
|
||||||
|
- Don't reveal the UI path in the task wording
|
||||||
|
- Include both simple and complex tasks
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Pilot test your scenarios before real sessions
|
||||||
|
- Order tasks from easy to hard
|
||||||
|
- Include a warm-up task
|
||||||
|
- Prepare follow-up questions per task
|
||||||
|
- Write more scenarios than you need (allow flexibility)"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
heuristic-evaluation)
|
||||||
|
desc="Conduct expert heuristic evaluations using Nielsen's heuristics and domain-specific criteria."
|
||||||
|
body="# Heuristic Evaluation
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in conducting systematic heuristic evaluations of digital interfaces.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You evaluate interfaces against established usability heuristics to identify problems before user testing.
|
||||||
|
## Nielsen's 10 Usability Heuristics
|
||||||
|
1. **Visibility of system status** — Users know what is happening
|
||||||
|
2. **Match real world** — System speaks users' language
|
||||||
|
3. **User control and freedom** — Easy undo and exit
|
||||||
|
4. **Consistency and standards** — Follow conventions
|
||||||
|
5. **Error prevention** — Prevent problems before they occur
|
||||||
|
6. **Recognition over recall** — Make options visible
|
||||||
|
7. **Flexibility and efficiency** — Shortcuts for experts
|
||||||
|
8. **Aesthetic and minimalist design** — No irrelevant information
|
||||||
|
9. **Error recovery** — Help users recognize and recover from errors
|
||||||
|
10. **Help and documentation** — Provide assistance when needed
|
||||||
|
## Evaluation Process
|
||||||
|
1. Define scope (which screens/flows to evaluate)
|
||||||
|
2. Walk through as a new user
|
||||||
|
3. Walk through as an experienced user
|
||||||
|
4. Walk through each task flow
|
||||||
|
5. Document each issue found
|
||||||
|
6. Rate severity
|
||||||
|
7. Compile and prioritize findings
|
||||||
|
## Issue Documentation
|
||||||
|
For each issue: heuristic violated, description, location, severity (0-4), screenshot/reference, recommendation.
|
||||||
|
## Severity Scale
|
||||||
|
- 0: Not a usability problem
|
||||||
|
- 1: Cosmetic only
|
||||||
|
- 2: Minor problem
|
||||||
|
- 3: Major problem (important to fix)
|
||||||
|
- 4: Catastrophe (must fix before release)
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Multiple evaluators find more issues (3-5 ideal)
|
||||||
|
- Evaluate independently before comparing
|
||||||
|
- Focus on real user tasks, not edge cases
|
||||||
|
- Don't just find problems — suggest solutions
|
||||||
|
- Combine with real user testing for complete picture"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
a-b-test-design)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design rigorous A/B tests with hypotheses, variants, metrics, and sample size calculations."
|
||||||
|
body="# A/B Test Design
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing rigorous A/B experiments that produce actionable results.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design A/B tests with clear hypotheses, controlled variants, appropriate metrics, and statistical rigor.
|
||||||
|
## Test Structure
|
||||||
|
### 1. Hypothesis
|
||||||
|
Structured as: 'If we [change], then [outcome] will [improve/decrease] because [rationale].'
|
||||||
|
### 2. Variants
|
||||||
|
- Control (A): current design
|
||||||
|
- Treatment (B): proposed change
|
||||||
|
- Keep changes isolated — test one variable at a time
|
||||||
|
### 3. Primary Metric
|
||||||
|
The single most important measure of success. Must be measurable, relevant, and sensitive to the change.
|
||||||
|
### 4. Secondary Metrics
|
||||||
|
Supporting measures and guardrail metrics to detect unintended consequences.
|
||||||
|
### 5. Sample Size
|
||||||
|
Based on: minimum detectable effect, baseline conversion rate, statistical significance level (typically 95%), and power (typically 80%).
|
||||||
|
### 6. Duration
|
||||||
|
Run until sample size is reached. Account for weekly cycles (run in full weeks). Minimum 1-2 weeks typically.
|
||||||
|
## Common Pitfalls
|
||||||
|
- Peeking at results before completion
|
||||||
|
- Too many variants at once
|
||||||
|
- Metric not sensitive enough to detect change
|
||||||
|
- Sample size too small
|
||||||
|
- Not accounting for novelty effects
|
||||||
|
- Ignoring segmentation effects
|
||||||
|
## When Not to A/B Test
|
||||||
|
- Very low traffic (insufficient sample)
|
||||||
|
- Ethical concerns with withholding improvement
|
||||||
|
- Foundational changes that affect everything
|
||||||
|
- When qualitative insight is more valuable
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- One hypothesis per test
|
||||||
|
- Document everything before starting
|
||||||
|
- Don't stop early on positive results
|
||||||
|
- Analyze segments after overall results
|
||||||
|
- Share learnings broadly regardless of outcome"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
user-flow-diagram)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create user flow diagrams showing paths, decisions, and branch logic."
|
||||||
|
body="# User Flow Diagram
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating clear user flow diagrams that map paths through a product.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create flow diagrams showing how users move through a product to accomplish goals, including decisions, branches, and error paths.
|
||||||
|
## Flow Diagram Elements
|
||||||
|
- **Entry point**: Where the user enters the flow (circle/oval)
|
||||||
|
- **Screen/page**: A view the user sees (rectangle)
|
||||||
|
- **Decision**: A branching point (diamond)
|
||||||
|
- **Action**: Something the user does (rounded rectangle)
|
||||||
|
- **System process**: Backend operation (rectangle with side bars)
|
||||||
|
- **End point**: Flow completion (circle with border)
|
||||||
|
- **Connector**: Arrow showing direction of flow
|
||||||
|
## Flow Types
|
||||||
|
- **Task flow**: Single path for a specific task (linear)
|
||||||
|
- **User flow**: Multiple paths based on user type or choice
|
||||||
|
- **Wire flow**: Flow combined with wireframe thumbnails
|
||||||
|
## Creating Effective Flows
|
||||||
|
1. Define the goal the flow accomplishes
|
||||||
|
2. Identify the entry point(s)
|
||||||
|
3. Map the happy path first
|
||||||
|
4. Add decision points and branches
|
||||||
|
5. Map error paths and recovery
|
||||||
|
6. Mark exit points
|
||||||
|
7. Note system actions happening in background
|
||||||
|
## Flow Annotations
|
||||||
|
- Screen names and key content
|
||||||
|
- Decision criteria at each branch
|
||||||
|
- Error conditions and handling
|
||||||
|
- System events and notifications
|
||||||
|
- Time delays or async processes
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- One flow per user goal
|
||||||
|
- Start with happy path, then add complexity
|
||||||
|
- Include error and edge case paths
|
||||||
|
- Keep flows readable (not too many branches on one diagram)
|
||||||
|
- Use consistent notation
|
||||||
|
- Label every arrow with the trigger/action"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
wireframe-spec)
|
||||||
|
desc="Specify wireframe layouts with content priority, component placement, and annotation."
|
||||||
|
body="# Wireframe Spec
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating annotated wireframe specifications.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You specify wireframe layouts defining content priority, component placement, behavior annotations, and responsive considerations.
|
||||||
|
## Wireframe Components
|
||||||
|
### Content Blocks
|
||||||
|
- Headers and navigation
|
||||||
|
- Hero/feature areas
|
||||||
|
- Content sections (text, media, cards)
|
||||||
|
- Forms and input areas
|
||||||
|
- Footers and secondary navigation
|
||||||
|
### Annotations
|
||||||
|
- Content priority numbers (what loads/appears first)
|
||||||
|
- Interaction notes (what happens on click/hover)
|
||||||
|
- Dynamic content indicators (personalized, data-driven)
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior notes
|
||||||
|
- Accessibility notes
|
||||||
|
### Content Specifications
|
||||||
|
- Heading hierarchy (H1, H2, H3)
|
||||||
|
- Approximate text length/character counts
|
||||||
|
- Image aspect ratios and sizing
|
||||||
|
- Required vs optional content
|
||||||
|
- Content source (static, CMS, API)
|
||||||
|
## Fidelity Levels
|
||||||
|
- **Sketch**: Hand-drawn boxes and labels
|
||||||
|
- **Low-fi**: Gray boxes with content labels
|
||||||
|
- **Mid-fi**: Realistic layout with placeholder content
|
||||||
|
- **Annotated**: Mid-fi plus detailed behavior specs
|
||||||
|
## Wireframe Conventions
|
||||||
|
- Use gray/black/white only (no color decisions)
|
||||||
|
- X-box for images
|
||||||
|
- Wavy lines for text blocks
|
||||||
|
- Real labels for navigation and buttons
|
||||||
|
- Consistent component representation
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Focus on content hierarchy, not visual design
|
||||||
|
- Annotate behavior, not just layout
|
||||||
|
- Show multiple states (empty, loading, populated, error)
|
||||||
|
- Include responsive breakpoint versions
|
||||||
|
- Get content strategy input early"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
click-test-plan)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design click/first-click tests to evaluate navigation and information findability."
|
||||||
|
body="# Click Test Plan
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing click tests that evaluate findability and navigation clarity.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design first-click and click tests that measure whether users can find information and features.
|
||||||
|
## Test Types
|
||||||
|
- **First-click test**: Where do users click first for a given task?
|
||||||
|
- **Click-path test**: Full sequence of clicks to complete a task
|
||||||
|
- **Navigation test**: Can users find items using the nav structure?
|
||||||
|
- **Five-second test**: What do users remember after 5 seconds?
|
||||||
|
## Test Plan Structure
|
||||||
|
### 1. Objective
|
||||||
|
What navigation or findability question are you answering?
|
||||||
|
### 2. Stimuli
|
||||||
|
Screen designs or prototypes to test. Identify which pages/states to show.
|
||||||
|
### 3. Tasks
|
||||||
|
Clear, goal-oriented tasks without UI hints. Example: 'Where would you click to change your email address?'
|
||||||
|
### 4. Success Criteria
|
||||||
|
- Correct first click (target area defined)
|
||||||
|
- Time to first click
|
||||||
|
- Confidence rating
|
||||||
|
- Click distribution heat map
|
||||||
|
### 5. Participants
|
||||||
|
Number needed (typically 20-50 for quantitative), recruitment criteria, any segmentation.
|
||||||
|
## Analysis
|
||||||
|
- First-click success rate (above 65% generally indicates good findability)
|
||||||
|
- Click distribution patterns
|
||||||
|
- Time analysis (hesitation indicates confusion)
|
||||||
|
- Confidence correlation with accuracy
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Test one task per screen
|
||||||
|
- Define click target areas before testing
|
||||||
|
- Use realistic content, not lorem ipsum
|
||||||
|
- Don't give hints in task wording
|
||||||
|
- Compare alternative designs with same tasks"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
accessibility-test-plan)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create accessibility testing plans covering assistive technologies and WCAG criteria."
|
||||||
|
body="# Accessibility Test Plan
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in planning comprehensive accessibility testing.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create testing plans that systematically evaluate accessibility across assistive technologies and WCAG criteria.
|
||||||
|
## Testing Layers
|
||||||
|
### 1. Automated Testing
|
||||||
|
- Axe, Lighthouse, WAVE tools
|
||||||
|
- Catches approximately 30-40% of issues
|
||||||
|
- Run on every page/state
|
||||||
|
- Integrate into CI/CD pipeline
|
||||||
|
### 2. Manual Testing
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard-only navigation
|
||||||
|
- Screen reader walkthrough
|
||||||
|
- Zoom to 200% and 400%
|
||||||
|
- High contrast mode
|
||||||
|
- Reduced motion mode
|
||||||
|
### 3. Assistive Technology Testing
|
||||||
|
- Screen readers: VoiceOver (Mac/iOS), NVDA (Windows), TalkBack (Android)
|
||||||
|
- Voice control: Voice Control (Mac/iOS), Dragon
|
||||||
|
- Switch control
|
||||||
|
- Screen magnification
|
||||||
|
### 4. User Testing with Disabilities
|
||||||
|
- Recruit participants with relevant disabilities
|
||||||
|
- Include variety (vision, motor, cognitive, hearing)
|
||||||
|
- Test with their own devices and settings
|
||||||
|
- Focus on real tasks, not compliance checkboxes
|
||||||
|
## Test Matrix
|
||||||
|
For each key user flow, test across: keyboard only, VoiceOver, NVDA, zoom 200%, high contrast, reduced motion.
|
||||||
|
## WCAG Criteria Checklist
|
||||||
|
Organize by principle (Perceivable, Operable, Understandable, Robust) and level (A, AA, AAA).
|
||||||
|
## Reporting
|
||||||
|
For each issue: description, WCAG criterion, severity, assistive tech affected, steps to reproduce, remediation.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Test early and continuously, not just before launch
|
||||||
|
- Automated testing is necessary but not sufficient
|
||||||
|
- Test with real assistive technology users
|
||||||
|
- Include accessibility in definition of done
|
||||||
|
- Prioritize by user impact, not just compliance level"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
cat > "prototyping-testing/skills/$skill/SKILL.md" << ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: $skill
|
||||||
|
description: $desc
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
$body
|
||||||
|
ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
# Commands
|
||||||
|
cat > prototyping-testing/commands/prototype-plan.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Create a prototyping and testing plan for a design initiative.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[feature or initiative to prototype and test]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /prototype-plan
|
||||||
|
Create a prototyping and testing plan.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Strategy** — Choose fidelity and method using `prototype-strategy` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Flows** — Map user flows to prototype using `user-flow-diagram` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Wireframes** — Specify wireframe layouts using `wireframe-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Test scenarios** — Write usability tasks using `test-scenario` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Accessibility** — Plan accessibility testing using `accessibility-test-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Timeline** — Create a prototyping and testing schedule.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Prototyping plan with fidelity rationale, user flows, wireframe specs, test scenarios, accessibility plan, and timeline.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/test-plan` for detailed usability testing or `/evaluate` for expert review.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > prototyping-testing/commands/evaluate.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Run a heuristic evaluation of an existing design.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[design, screen, or flow to evaluate]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /evaluate
|
||||||
|
Run a heuristic evaluation of a design.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Scope** — Define screens and flows to evaluate.
|
||||||
|
2. **Heuristic review** — Evaluate against Nielsen's heuristics using `heuristic-evaluation` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Flow analysis** — Review user flows for issues using `user-flow-diagram` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Accessibility check** — Evaluate accessibility using `accessibility-test-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Severity rating** — Rate and prioritize all findings.
|
||||||
|
6. **Recommendations** — Provide specific improvement suggestions.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Evaluation report with findings per heuristic, severity ratings, accessibility issues, and prioritized recommendations.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/test-plan` to validate findings with real users.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > prototyping-testing/commands/test-plan.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design a complete usability testing plan.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[product, feature, or prototype to test]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /test-plan
|
||||||
|
Design a complete usability testing plan.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Objectives** — Define what you need to learn.
|
||||||
|
2. **Method** — Choose testing approach using `prototype-strategy` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Scenarios** — Write test tasks using `test-scenario` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Click tests** — Design findability tests using `click-test-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Accessibility** — Include accessibility testing using `accessibility-test-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Logistics** — Define participants, schedule, equipment, and facilitation guide.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Testing plan with objectives, methodology, task scenarios, participant criteria, facilitation guide, and analysis framework.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/evaluate` for expert review before user testing.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > prototyping-testing/commands/experiment.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design an A/B experiment for a design hypothesis.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[hypothesis or design change to test, e.g., 'new checkout flow will increase conversion']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /experiment
|
||||||
|
Design an A/B experiment.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Hypothesis** — Structure the hypothesis using `a-b-test-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Variants** — Define control and treatment designs.
|
||||||
|
3. **Metrics** — Define primary and guardrail metrics using `a-b-test-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Sample size** — Calculate required sample and duration using `a-b-test-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **User flows** — Map variant flows using `user-flow-diagram` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Analysis plan** — Define how results will be analyzed and decisions made.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Experiment design document with hypothesis, variant specs, metrics, sample calculations, duration, and analysis plan.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/test-plan` for qualitative testing alongside the experiment.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
echo "✅ prototyping-testing complete (8 skills, 4 commands)"
|
||||||
440
plugin7-design-ops.sh
Executable file
440
plugin7-design-ops.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
echo "📦 Creating design-ops..."
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p design-ops/.claude-plugin
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p design-ops/commands
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p design-ops/skills/{design-critique,handoff-spec,design-sprint-plan,design-review-process,version-control-strategy,design-qa-checklist,team-workflow}
|
||||||
|
cat > design-ops/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "design-ops",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Streamline design operations with critique frameworks, handoff specs, sprint planning, review processes, and team workflows.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["design-ops", "critique", "handoff", "sprint", "workflow", "review"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > design-ops/README.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
# design-ops
|
||||||
|
Streamline design operations with critique frameworks, handoff specs, sprint planning, review processes, and team workflows.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (7)
|
||||||
|
- **design-critique** — Facilitate structured design critiques with clear feedback frameworks and actionable outcomes.
|
||||||
|
- **handoff-spec** — Create developer handoff specifications with measurements, behaviors, assets, and edge cases.
|
||||||
|
- **design-sprint-plan** — Plan and facilitate design sprints from challenge framing through prototype testing.
|
||||||
|
- **design-review-process** — Establish design review gates with criteria, checklists, and approval workflows.
|
||||||
|
- **version-control-strategy** — Define version control strategies for design files, components, and libraries.
|
||||||
|
- **design-qa-checklist** — Create QA checklists for verifying design implementation accuracy.
|
||||||
|
- **team-workflow** — Design team workflows covering task management, collaboration rituals, and tooling.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/plan-sprint` — Plan a design sprint for a specific challenge.
|
||||||
|
- `/handoff` — Generate a developer handoff package for a design.
|
||||||
|
- `/setup-workflow` — Set up a design team workflow and rituals.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
for skill in design-critique handoff-spec design-sprint-plan design-review-process version-control-strategy design-qa-checklist team-workflow; do
|
||||||
|
desc=""
|
||||||
|
body=""
|
||||||
|
case $skill in
|
||||||
|
design-critique)
|
||||||
|
desc="Facilitate structured design critiques with clear feedback frameworks and actionable outcomes."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design Critique
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in facilitating productive design critiques that improve work and grow teams.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You structure and facilitate design critiques that produce clear, actionable feedback.
|
||||||
|
## Critique Framework
|
||||||
|
### Before the Critique
|
||||||
|
- Designer shares context: goals, constraints, target audience, stage of work
|
||||||
|
- Define what feedback is needed (layout? flow? copy? everything?)
|
||||||
|
- Set the rules: constructive, specific, actionable
|
||||||
|
### During the Critique
|
||||||
|
1. **Present** (5 min) — Designer walks through the work and goals
|
||||||
|
2. **Clarify** (5 min) — Questions to understand, not judge
|
||||||
|
3. **Feedback rounds** — Structured by category or priority
|
||||||
|
4. **Discuss** — Open conversation on key tensions
|
||||||
|
5. **Capture** — Document decisions and action items
|
||||||
|
### Feedback Format
|
||||||
|
- 'I notice...' (observation, not judgment)
|
||||||
|
- 'I wonder...' (question or exploration)
|
||||||
|
- 'What if...' (suggestion or alternative)
|
||||||
|
- 'I think... because...' (opinion with rationale)
|
||||||
|
### After the Critique
|
||||||
|
- Designer summarizes takeaways
|
||||||
|
- Action items with owners and deadlines
|
||||||
|
- Follow-up review if needed
|
||||||
|
## Critique Types
|
||||||
|
- **Desk crit**: Informal, 1-on-1, quick feedback
|
||||||
|
- **Team crit**: Scheduled, structured, full team
|
||||||
|
- **Cross-team crit**: Fresh eyes from outside the project
|
||||||
|
- **Stakeholder review**: Decision-focused, approval-oriented
|
||||||
|
## Common Pitfalls
|
||||||
|
- Designing by committee (too many opinions, no direction)
|
||||||
|
- Focusing on personal preference instead of user needs
|
||||||
|
- Critiquing too early (exploring) or too late (polishing)
|
||||||
|
- No clear next steps
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Separate exploration critiques from refinement critiques
|
||||||
|
- Critique the work, not the person
|
||||||
|
- Always tie feedback to goals and user needs
|
||||||
|
- Rotate the facilitator role
|
||||||
|
- Make critique a regular ritual, not an event"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
handoff-spec)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create developer handoff specifications with measurements, behaviors, assets, and edge cases."
|
||||||
|
body="# Handoff Spec
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating clear, complete developer handoff specifications.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create handoff documents that give developers everything needed to implement a design accurately.
|
||||||
|
## Handoff Contents
|
||||||
|
### Visual Specifications
|
||||||
|
- Spacing and sizing (exact pixel values or token references)
|
||||||
|
- Color values (token names, not hex codes)
|
||||||
|
- Typography (style name, size, weight, line-height)
|
||||||
|
- Border radius, shadows, opacity values
|
||||||
|
- Responsive breakpoint behavior
|
||||||
|
### Interaction Specifications
|
||||||
|
- State definitions (default, hover, focus, active, disabled)
|
||||||
|
- Transitions and animations (duration, easing, properties)
|
||||||
|
- Gesture behaviors (swipe, drag, pinch)
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard interactions (tab order, shortcuts)
|
||||||
|
### Content Specifications
|
||||||
|
- Character limits and truncation behavior
|
||||||
|
- Dynamic content rules (what changes, min/max)
|
||||||
|
- Localization considerations (text expansion, RTL)
|
||||||
|
- Empty, loading, and error state content
|
||||||
|
### Asset Delivery
|
||||||
|
- Icons (SVG, named per convention)
|
||||||
|
- Images (resolution, format, responsive variants)
|
||||||
|
- Fonts (files or service links)
|
||||||
|
- Any custom illustrations or graphics
|
||||||
|
### Edge Cases
|
||||||
|
- Minimum and maximum content scenarios
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior at each breakpoint
|
||||||
|
- Browser/device-specific considerations
|
||||||
|
- Accessibility requirements (ARIA, keyboard, screen reader)
|
||||||
|
### Implementation Notes
|
||||||
|
- Component reuse suggestions
|
||||||
|
- Data structure assumptions
|
||||||
|
- API dependencies
|
||||||
|
- Performance considerations
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Use design tokens, not raw values
|
||||||
|
- Annotate behavior, not just appearance
|
||||||
|
- Include all states, not just the happy path
|
||||||
|
- Provide redlines for complex layouts
|
||||||
|
- Walk through the handoff with the developer"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
design-sprint-plan)
|
||||||
|
desc="Plan and facilitate design sprints from challenge framing through prototype testing."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design Sprint Plan
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in planning and facilitating design sprints.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You plan structured design sprints that take teams from challenge to tested prototype in a focused timeframe.
|
||||||
|
## Sprint Structure (5-Day Classic)
|
||||||
|
### Day 1: Understand
|
||||||
|
- Define the challenge and sprint questions
|
||||||
|
- Expert interviews and lightning talks
|
||||||
|
- Map the user journey
|
||||||
|
- Choose a target area to focus on
|
||||||
|
### Day 2: Diverge
|
||||||
|
- Lightning demos of inspiration
|
||||||
|
- Individual sketching (Crazy 8s, solution sketches)
|
||||||
|
- Silent critique and heat map voting
|
||||||
|
- Decision on direction
|
||||||
|
### Day 3: Decide
|
||||||
|
- Review solutions
|
||||||
|
- Storyboard the prototype flow
|
||||||
|
- Assign roles for prototype creation
|
||||||
|
- Plan what to test
|
||||||
|
### Day 4: Prototype
|
||||||
|
- Build a realistic facade prototype
|
||||||
|
- Divide and conquer (screens, content, flow)
|
||||||
|
- Stitch together and rehearse
|
||||||
|
- Confirm test logistics
|
||||||
|
### Day 5: Test
|
||||||
|
- 5 user interviews with prototype
|
||||||
|
- Observe and take notes
|
||||||
|
- Debrief after each session
|
||||||
|
- Synthesize patterns and decide next steps
|
||||||
|
## Sprint Variations
|
||||||
|
- **Mini sprint** (2-3 days): Compressed for smaller challenges
|
||||||
|
- **Remote sprint**: Adapted for distributed teams with digital tools
|
||||||
|
- **Discovery sprint**: Focus on understanding (days 1-2 only)
|
||||||
|
## Planning Checklist
|
||||||
|
- Challenge statement defined
|
||||||
|
- Decision maker identified
|
||||||
|
- Team assembled (5-7 people, cross-functional)
|
||||||
|
- Room and materials booked
|
||||||
|
- Users recruited for day 5
|
||||||
|
- Schedules cleared for full week
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Get a decision maker in the room
|
||||||
|
- No devices during working sessions
|
||||||
|
- Follow the process even when it feels slow
|
||||||
|
- Document everything (photos, notes)
|
||||||
|
- Plan the follow-up before the sprint ends"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
design-review-process)
|
||||||
|
desc="Establish design review gates with criteria, checklists, and approval workflows."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design Review Process
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in establishing design review processes that maintain quality without slowing teams down.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create review processes with clear gates, criteria, and workflows that ensure design quality.
|
||||||
|
## Review Gates
|
||||||
|
### Gate 1: Concept Review
|
||||||
|
- Problem clearly defined
|
||||||
|
- User needs supported by research
|
||||||
|
- Multiple concepts explored
|
||||||
|
- Strategic alignment confirmed
|
||||||
|
- Stakeholder input gathered
|
||||||
|
### Gate 2: Design Review
|
||||||
|
- Visual design meets brand standards
|
||||||
|
- Interaction patterns are consistent
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior defined
|
||||||
|
- Content strategy applied
|
||||||
|
- Design system components used
|
||||||
|
### Gate 3: Pre-Handoff Review
|
||||||
|
- All states designed (empty, loading, error, success)
|
||||||
|
- Edge cases addressed
|
||||||
|
- Accessibility requirements met
|
||||||
|
- Handoff specs complete
|
||||||
|
- Developer walkthrough done
|
||||||
|
### Gate 4: Implementation QA
|
||||||
|
- Design matches specification
|
||||||
|
- Interactions work as designed
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior verified
|
||||||
|
- Accessibility tested
|
||||||
|
- Cross-browser/device checked
|
||||||
|
## Review Criteria
|
||||||
|
- Does it solve the user problem?
|
||||||
|
- Is it consistent with the design system?
|
||||||
|
- Is it accessible (WCAG AA)?
|
||||||
|
- Are all states and edge cases covered?
|
||||||
|
- Is it feasible to implement?
|
||||||
|
## Approval Workflow
|
||||||
|
- Designer self-review against checklist
|
||||||
|
- Peer design review
|
||||||
|
- Design lead sign-off
|
||||||
|
- Stakeholder approval (if required)
|
||||||
|
- Developer acceptance
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Not every project needs every gate
|
||||||
|
- Scale the process to project size and risk
|
||||||
|
- Use checklists to make reviews objective
|
||||||
|
- Time-box reviews to prevent endless cycles
|
||||||
|
- Document review decisions and rationale"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
version-control-strategy)
|
||||||
|
desc="Define version control strategies for design files, components, and libraries."
|
||||||
|
body="# Version Control Strategy
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in managing design file versions, component libraries, and design assets.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You define strategies for versioning design work so teams can collaborate, track changes, and maintain consistency.
|
||||||
|
## What to Version
|
||||||
|
- Design files (Figma, Sketch, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Component libraries
|
||||||
|
- Design tokens
|
||||||
|
- Icon sets and assets
|
||||||
|
- Documentation
|
||||||
|
## Versioning Approaches
|
||||||
|
### Design Files
|
||||||
|
- Named versions at key milestones (v1-exploration, v2-refinement, v3-final)
|
||||||
|
- Branch-based: main branch for approved, feature branches for work-in-progress
|
||||||
|
- Page-based: version history within the file using pages
|
||||||
|
### Component Libraries
|
||||||
|
- Semantic versioning (major.minor.patch)
|
||||||
|
- Major: breaking changes (renamed components, removed props)
|
||||||
|
- Minor: new components or features (backward compatible)
|
||||||
|
- Patch: bug fixes and refinements
|
||||||
|
### Design Tokens
|
||||||
|
- Version alongside the component library
|
||||||
|
- Changelog documenting token additions, changes, removals
|
||||||
|
- Migration guides for breaking changes
|
||||||
|
## Branching Strategy
|
||||||
|
- Main: production-ready, approved designs
|
||||||
|
- Feature branches: work-in-progress designs
|
||||||
|
- Review process before merging to main
|
||||||
|
- Archive old versions, don't delete
|
||||||
|
## Changelog Practices
|
||||||
|
- Document what changed and why
|
||||||
|
- Link to relevant design decisions
|
||||||
|
- Note breaking changes prominently
|
||||||
|
- Include migration instructions
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Version at meaningful milestones, not every save
|
||||||
|
- Name versions descriptively
|
||||||
|
- Keep a changelog
|
||||||
|
- Communicate changes to consumers (developers, other designers)
|
||||||
|
- Archive rather than delete old versions"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
design-qa-checklist)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create QA checklists for verifying design implementation accuracy."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design QA Checklist
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating systematic QA checklists for verifying design implementation.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create checklists that help designers systematically verify that implementations match design specifications.
|
||||||
|
## QA Categories
|
||||||
|
### Visual Accuracy
|
||||||
|
- Colors match design tokens
|
||||||
|
- Typography matches specified styles
|
||||||
|
- Spacing and sizing match specs
|
||||||
|
- Border radius, shadows, opacity correct
|
||||||
|
- Icons are correct size and color
|
||||||
|
- Images are correct aspect ratio and quality
|
||||||
|
### Layout
|
||||||
|
- Grid alignment is correct
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior matches specs at each breakpoint
|
||||||
|
- Content reflows properly
|
||||||
|
- No unexpected overflow or clipping
|
||||||
|
- Minimum and maximum widths respected
|
||||||
|
### Interaction
|
||||||
|
- All states render correctly (default, hover, focus, active, disabled)
|
||||||
|
- Transitions and animations match specs
|
||||||
|
- Click/touch targets are adequate size (44px minimum)
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard navigation works in correct order
|
||||||
|
- Focus indicators are visible
|
||||||
|
### Content
|
||||||
|
- Real content fits the layout (no lorem ipsum in production)
|
||||||
|
- Truncation works as specified
|
||||||
|
- Empty states display correctly
|
||||||
|
- Error messages are correct
|
||||||
|
- Loading states appear as designed
|
||||||
|
### Accessibility
|
||||||
|
- Screen reader announces correctly
|
||||||
|
- Color contrast meets WCAG AA
|
||||||
|
- Focus management works
|
||||||
|
- ARIA labels and roles are correct
|
||||||
|
- Reduced motion is respected
|
||||||
|
### Cross-Platform
|
||||||
|
- Works in required browsers
|
||||||
|
- Works on required devices
|
||||||
|
- Handles different text sizes (OS accessibility settings)
|
||||||
|
- Handles different screen densities
|
||||||
|
## QA Process
|
||||||
|
1. Self-review by developer against checklist
|
||||||
|
2. Designer visual QA pass
|
||||||
|
3. File bugs with screenshots comparing design vs implementation
|
||||||
|
4. Prioritize bugs by severity
|
||||||
|
5. Verify fixes
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- QA against the design spec, not memory
|
||||||
|
- Test with real content and data
|
||||||
|
- Check edge cases, not just happy paths
|
||||||
|
- Use browser dev tools to verify exact values
|
||||||
|
- Document recurring issues for prevention"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
team-workflow)
|
||||||
|
desc="Design team workflows covering task management, collaboration rituals, and tooling."
|
||||||
|
body="# Team Workflow
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing efficient design team workflows and collaboration practices.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design workflows that help design teams collaborate effectively, manage work, and deliver quality.
|
||||||
|
## Workflow Components
|
||||||
|
### Task Management
|
||||||
|
- How work is tracked (boards, tickets, sprints)
|
||||||
|
- Status definitions (backlog, in progress, in review, done)
|
||||||
|
- Priority levels and how they are assigned
|
||||||
|
- Capacity planning and workload balancing
|
||||||
|
### Collaboration Rituals
|
||||||
|
- **Standup** (daily/async): What are you working on, any blockers
|
||||||
|
- **Design critique** (weekly): Structured feedback sessions
|
||||||
|
- **Design review** (per milestone): Quality gate checkpoints
|
||||||
|
- **Retrospective** (per sprint/month): Process improvement
|
||||||
|
- **Show and tell** (bi-weekly): Share work with broader team
|
||||||
|
### Communication Norms
|
||||||
|
- When to use sync vs async communication
|
||||||
|
- Response time expectations per channel
|
||||||
|
- How to request feedback
|
||||||
|
- How to share decisions and context
|
||||||
|
- Documentation requirements
|
||||||
|
### Tooling Stack
|
||||||
|
- Design tools (Figma, Sketch, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Prototyping tools
|
||||||
|
- Project management (Jira, Linear, Asana, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Communication (Slack, Teams, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Documentation (Notion, Confluence, etc.)
|
||||||
|
- Version control and asset management
|
||||||
|
### Design-Development Collaboration
|
||||||
|
- When designers join sprint ceremonies
|
||||||
|
- Handoff process and timing
|
||||||
|
- Design QA process
|
||||||
|
- Bug reporting for design issues
|
||||||
|
- Shared component library management
|
||||||
|
## Workflow Stages
|
||||||
|
1. **Discovery**: Research and problem framing
|
||||||
|
2. **Exploration**: Concept generation and evaluation
|
||||||
|
3. **Refinement**: Detailed design and specification
|
||||||
|
4. **Handoff**: Developer delivery and support
|
||||||
|
5. **QA**: Implementation verification
|
||||||
|
6. **Iteration**: Post-launch improvement
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Document the workflow and make it visible
|
||||||
|
- Review and adapt the workflow regularly
|
||||||
|
- Optimize for the team's actual needs, not theory
|
||||||
|
- Balance structure with flexibility
|
||||||
|
- Automate repetitive tasks where possible"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
cat > "design-ops/skills/$skill/SKILL.md" << ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: $skill
|
||||||
|
description: $desc
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
$body
|
||||||
|
ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
# Commands
|
||||||
|
cat > design-ops/commands/plan-sprint.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Plan a design sprint for a specific challenge.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[challenge or problem area for the sprint]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /plan-sprint
|
||||||
|
Plan a design sprint.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Frame the challenge** — Define the sprint question and scope using `design-sprint-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Assemble the team** — Identify roles and participants using `team-workflow` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Plan activities** — Structure each day's activities using `design-sprint-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Prepare materials** — Define prototyping approach and testing plan.
|
||||||
|
5. **Recruit testers** — Plan user testing sessions for the final day.
|
||||||
|
6. **Set review criteria** — Define how sprint outcomes will be evaluated using `design-review-process` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete sprint plan with challenge statement, team roster, daily schedules, materials list, testing plan, and success criteria.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/handoff` after the sprint to document the winning concept.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > design-ops/commands/handoff.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Generate a developer handoff package for a design.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[screen, feature, or component to hand off]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /handoff
|
||||||
|
Generate a developer handoff package.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Visual specs** — Document all measurements and tokens using `handoff-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Interaction specs** — Define states and behaviors using `handoff-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **QA criteria** — Create implementation checklist using `design-qa-checklist` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Review readiness** — Verify against review criteria using `design-review-process` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Version** — Tag the design version being handed off using `version-control-strategy` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Package** — Compile all specs, assets, and notes.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete handoff package with visual specs, interaction specs, asset list, QA checklist, and implementation notes.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/setup-workflow` to establish the ongoing QA process.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > design-ops/commands/setup-workflow.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Set up a design team workflow and rituals.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[team size and context, e.g., '4-person design team in a startup' or 'design system team']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /setup-workflow
|
||||||
|
Set up a design team workflow.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Team structure** — Define roles and responsibilities using `team-workflow` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Rituals** — Establish collaboration cadence using `team-workflow` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Critique process** — Set up design critique format using `design-critique` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Review gates** — Define quality checkpoints using `design-review-process` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Versioning** — Establish file and library versioning using `version-control-strategy` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **QA process** — Set up design QA workflow using `design-qa-checklist` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Team workflow document with rituals calendar, critique format, review process, versioning strategy, QA checklist, and tooling recommendations.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/plan-sprint` to kick off your first project with the new workflow.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
echo "✅ design-ops complete (7 skills, 3 commands)"
|
||||||
381
plugin8-designer-toolkit.sh
Executable file
381
plugin8-designer-toolkit.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
echo "📦 Creating designer-toolkit..."
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p designer-toolkit/.claude-plugin
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p designer-toolkit/commands
|
||||||
|
mkdir -p designer-toolkit/skills/{design-rationale,presentation-deck,case-study,design-token-audit,ux-writing,design-system-adoption}
|
||||||
|
cat > designer-toolkit/.claude-plugin/plugin.json << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "designer-toolkit",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Essential designer utilities for writing rationale, building presentations, crafting case studies, UX writing, and driving adoption.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["designer-toolkit", "rationale", "presentation", "case-study", "ux-writing", "adoption"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > designer-toolkit/README.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
# designer-toolkit
|
||||||
|
Essential designer utilities for writing rationale, building presentations, crafting case studies, UX writing, and driving adoption.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (6)
|
||||||
|
- **design-rationale** — Write clear design rationale connecting decisions to user needs, business goals, and principles.
|
||||||
|
- **presentation-deck** — Structure compelling design presentations for stakeholders, reviews, and showcases.
|
||||||
|
- **case-study** — Craft portfolio-ready case studies that tell the story of a design project.
|
||||||
|
- **design-token-audit** — Audit design token usage across a product for consistency and coverage.
|
||||||
|
- **ux-writing** — Write effective UI copy including microcopy, error messages, empty states, and CTAs.
|
||||||
|
- **design-system-adoption** — Create adoption strategies and materials to drive design system usage across teams.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/write-rationale` — Write design rationale for a set of design decisions.
|
||||||
|
- `/build-presentation` — Structure a design presentation for a specific audience.
|
||||||
|
- `/write-case-study` — Create a portfolio case study from a project summary.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
for skill in design-rationale presentation-deck case-study design-token-audit ux-writing design-system-adoption; do
|
||||||
|
desc=""
|
||||||
|
body=""
|
||||||
|
case $skill in
|
||||||
|
design-rationale)
|
||||||
|
desc="Write clear design rationale connecting decisions to user needs, business goals, and principles."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design Rationale
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in articulating the reasoning behind design decisions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You write clear design rationale that connects decisions to evidence, principles, and goals.
|
||||||
|
## Rationale Structure
|
||||||
|
### 1. Decision
|
||||||
|
What design decision was made? Be specific about what was chosen.
|
||||||
|
### 2. Context
|
||||||
|
What problem or need prompted this decision? What constraints exist?
|
||||||
|
### 3. Options Considered
|
||||||
|
What alternatives were explored? Brief description of each.
|
||||||
|
### 4. Evidence
|
||||||
|
What informed the decision? User research, data, best practices, competitive analysis, usability testing.
|
||||||
|
### 5. Reasoning
|
||||||
|
Why this option over the alternatives? Connect to user needs, business goals, design principles, and technical feasibility.
|
||||||
|
### 6. Trade-offs
|
||||||
|
What are the known compromises? What was deprioritized and why?
|
||||||
|
### 7. Validation Plan
|
||||||
|
How will you know if this decision was right? What metrics or feedback will confirm?
|
||||||
|
## When to Write Rationale
|
||||||
|
- Major design direction decisions
|
||||||
|
- Departures from established patterns
|
||||||
|
- Controversial or debated choices
|
||||||
|
- Decisions that will be questioned later
|
||||||
|
- Changes from previous approaches
|
||||||
|
## Rationale Quality Checklist
|
||||||
|
- Connects to user needs (not just designer preference)
|
||||||
|
- References evidence or principles
|
||||||
|
- Acknowledges alternatives and trade-offs
|
||||||
|
- Is specific enough to be useful months later
|
||||||
|
- Written for the audience who will read it
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Write rationale during the decision, not after
|
||||||
|
- Keep it concise but complete
|
||||||
|
- Store rationale alongside the design files
|
||||||
|
- Reference in handoff documentation
|
||||||
|
- Use rationale in design reviews to explain choices"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
presentation-deck)
|
||||||
|
desc="Structure compelling design presentations for stakeholders, reviews, and showcases."
|
||||||
|
body="# Presentation Deck
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in structuring design presentations that communicate clearly and persuade effectively.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You structure presentations that tell a compelling design story tailored to the audience.
|
||||||
|
## Presentation Types
|
||||||
|
### Stakeholder Update
|
||||||
|
Goal: Inform and align. Structure: context recap, progress, key decisions, next steps, asks.
|
||||||
|
### Design Review
|
||||||
|
Goal: Get feedback. Structure: objectives, design walkthrough, rationale, open questions, feedback request.
|
||||||
|
### Final Showcase
|
||||||
|
Goal: Gain approval. Structure: problem, process, solution, evidence, impact, next steps.
|
||||||
|
### Portfolio/Case Study
|
||||||
|
Goal: Demonstrate capability. Structure: challenge, approach, key decisions, outcome, learnings.
|
||||||
|
## Universal Structure
|
||||||
|
1. **Hook** — Why should the audience care? (problem, data, story)
|
||||||
|
2. **Context** — What do they need to know? (background, constraints)
|
||||||
|
3. **Journey** — How did you get here? (process, key moments)
|
||||||
|
4. **Solution** — What are you proposing? (the design, with rationale)
|
||||||
|
5. **Evidence** — Why is this right? (research, testing, data)
|
||||||
|
6. **Ask** — What do you need from them? (approval, feedback, resources)
|
||||||
|
## Slide Design Principles
|
||||||
|
- One idea per slide
|
||||||
|
- Show, don't tell (use visuals over text)
|
||||||
|
- Use progressive disclosure (reveal complexity gradually)
|
||||||
|
- Design for the back of the room (large text, high contrast)
|
||||||
|
- Include speaker notes for context
|
||||||
|
## Audience Adaptation
|
||||||
|
- **Executives**: Lead with impact, be concise, focus on business value
|
||||||
|
- **Engineers**: Include technical details, interaction specs, edge cases
|
||||||
|
- **Designers**: Show process, rationale, design system alignment
|
||||||
|
- **Mixed**: Layer detail progressively, lead with the big picture
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Rehearse with a colleague before the real presentation
|
||||||
|
- Prepare for questions (have backup slides)
|
||||||
|
- Start with the audience's concerns, not yours
|
||||||
|
- End with a clear ask or next step
|
||||||
|
- Follow up with a summary document"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
case-study)
|
||||||
|
desc="Craft portfolio-ready case studies that tell the story of a design project."
|
||||||
|
body="# Case Study
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in crafting compelling design case studies for portfolios and presentations.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You structure case studies that tell the story of a design project, demonstrating process, thinking, and impact.
|
||||||
|
## Case Study Structure
|
||||||
|
### 1. Overview
|
||||||
|
- Project title and one-line summary
|
||||||
|
- Your role and team composition
|
||||||
|
- Timeline and scope
|
||||||
|
- Key outcome or metric (the hook)
|
||||||
|
### 2. Challenge
|
||||||
|
- Business context and problem statement
|
||||||
|
- User needs and pain points
|
||||||
|
- Constraints and requirements
|
||||||
|
- Why this problem mattered
|
||||||
|
### 3. Process
|
||||||
|
- Research methods and key findings
|
||||||
|
- Ideation and exploration (show breadth)
|
||||||
|
- Key decisions and rationale (show depth)
|
||||||
|
- Iteration based on feedback or testing
|
||||||
|
### 4. Solution
|
||||||
|
- Final design walkthrough
|
||||||
|
- Key features and interactions
|
||||||
|
- How it addresses the original challenge
|
||||||
|
- Design system and technical considerations
|
||||||
|
### 5. Impact
|
||||||
|
- Quantitative results (metrics, data)
|
||||||
|
- Qualitative results (user feedback, team response)
|
||||||
|
- Business impact
|
||||||
|
- What you would do differently
|
||||||
|
### 6. Reflection
|
||||||
|
- Key learnings
|
||||||
|
- Challenges overcome
|
||||||
|
- Skills developed
|
||||||
|
- How this work influenced future projects
|
||||||
|
## Visual Storytelling
|
||||||
|
- Show the journey, not just the final product
|
||||||
|
- Include sketches, wireframes, and iterations
|
||||||
|
- Use before/after comparisons
|
||||||
|
- Annotate key design decisions
|
||||||
|
- Include real screenshots, not just mockups
|
||||||
|
## Writing Tips
|
||||||
|
- Write in first person for your contributions
|
||||||
|
- Be specific about your role vs team contributions
|
||||||
|
- Quantify impact wherever possible
|
||||||
|
- Keep it scannable (clear headings, short paragraphs)
|
||||||
|
- Edit ruthlessly — shorter is better
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Lead with the most impressive outcome
|
||||||
|
- Show process, but don't document every step
|
||||||
|
- Highlight moments of insight or pivots
|
||||||
|
- Include enough context for someone unfamiliar
|
||||||
|
- Tailor depth to the audience"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
design-token-audit)
|
||||||
|
desc="Audit design token usage across a product for consistency and coverage."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design Token Audit
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in auditing design token adoption and consistency across products.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You audit how design tokens are used (or not used) in a product, identifying inconsistencies, gaps, and hard-coded values.
|
||||||
|
## Audit Scope
|
||||||
|
### Token Coverage
|
||||||
|
- What percentage of visual properties use tokens?
|
||||||
|
- Which properties are commonly hard-coded?
|
||||||
|
- Are the right tier of tokens used (global vs semantic vs component)?
|
||||||
|
### Token Consistency
|
||||||
|
- Are the same tokens used for the same purposes?
|
||||||
|
- Are there redundant tokens (different names, same value)?
|
||||||
|
- Are deprecated tokens still in use?
|
||||||
|
### Token Gaps
|
||||||
|
- Are there visual values that should be tokens but are not?
|
||||||
|
- Are there use cases not covered by the existing token set?
|
||||||
|
- Do custom values suggest missing token scale steps?
|
||||||
|
## Audit Process
|
||||||
|
1. **Inventory** — Extract all visual values from code/design files
|
||||||
|
2. **Categorize** — Group by type (color, spacing, typography, etc.)
|
||||||
|
3. **Map** — Match values to existing tokens
|
||||||
|
4. **Flag** — Identify hard-coded values, mismatches, and gaps
|
||||||
|
5. **Prioritize** — Rank issues by frequency and impact
|
||||||
|
6. **Recommend** — Suggest new tokens, migrations, and cleanup
|
||||||
|
## Audit Report Format
|
||||||
|
- Executive summary (token adoption percentage, key findings)
|
||||||
|
- Detailed findings by category
|
||||||
|
- Hard-coded value inventory with suggested token replacements
|
||||||
|
- Recommended new tokens
|
||||||
|
- Migration plan and priority
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Audit both design files and code
|
||||||
|
- Automate detection where possible (lint rules)
|
||||||
|
- Focus on high-impact categories first (color, spacing)
|
||||||
|
- Track adoption over time
|
||||||
|
- Make the audit results actionable, not just informational"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
ux-writing)
|
||||||
|
desc="Write effective UI copy including microcopy, error messages, empty states, and CTAs."
|
||||||
|
body="# UX Writing
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in writing clear, helpful interface copy that guides users and reinforces the product voice.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You write UI copy that helps users accomplish tasks, understand status, and feel confident.
|
||||||
|
## UX Writing Categories
|
||||||
|
### Microcopy
|
||||||
|
- Button labels: action-oriented, specific (not just 'Submit')
|
||||||
|
- Form labels: clear, concise, no jargon
|
||||||
|
- Tooltips: brief explanations for complex features
|
||||||
|
- Placeholder text: example format, not instructions
|
||||||
|
### Error Messages
|
||||||
|
- Say what happened (clear, not technical)
|
||||||
|
- Say why (if helpful and brief)
|
||||||
|
- Say what to do next (specific action)
|
||||||
|
- Use a human tone (not robotic or blaming)
|
||||||
|
### Empty States
|
||||||
|
- Explain what will appear here
|
||||||
|
- Guide the user to take action
|
||||||
|
- Use an encouraging, helpful tone
|
||||||
|
- Provide a clear CTA
|
||||||
|
### Confirmation Messages
|
||||||
|
- Confirm what just happened
|
||||||
|
- Provide next steps if relevant
|
||||||
|
- Include undo option for reversible actions
|
||||||
|
- Keep it brief and positive
|
||||||
|
### Onboarding Copy
|
||||||
|
- Welcome without overwhelming
|
||||||
|
- One concept at a time
|
||||||
|
- Action-oriented (do, not just read)
|
||||||
|
- Allow skipping
|
||||||
|
### CTAs (Calls to Action)
|
||||||
|
- Start with a verb
|
||||||
|
- Be specific about the outcome
|
||||||
|
- Match user intent (not business intent)
|
||||||
|
- Primary CTA should be the most common action
|
||||||
|
## Voice and Tone Guidelines
|
||||||
|
- **Voice** (consistent): brand personality, vocabulary, perspective
|
||||||
|
- **Tone** (varies): adapts to context (celebration vs error vs instruction)
|
||||||
|
## Writing Principles
|
||||||
|
- Clear over clever
|
||||||
|
- Concise over comprehensive
|
||||||
|
- Helpful over promotional
|
||||||
|
- Consistent over creative
|
||||||
|
- Inclusive over casual
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Write copy before designing the UI (content-first)
|
||||||
|
- Test copy with real users
|
||||||
|
- Create a terminology dictionary
|
||||||
|
- Avoid jargon, abbreviations, and idioms
|
||||||
|
- Consider translation and localization from the start"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
design-system-adoption)
|
||||||
|
desc="Create adoption strategies and materials to drive design system usage across teams."
|
||||||
|
body="# Design System Adoption
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in driving design system adoption across design and engineering teams.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create strategies and materials that help teams adopt and consistently use a design system.
|
||||||
|
## Adoption Strategy
|
||||||
|
### Awareness
|
||||||
|
- Launch announcements and demos
|
||||||
|
- Documentation site with search and examples
|
||||||
|
- Regular updates and changelog communication
|
||||||
|
- Showcase projects that use the system well
|
||||||
|
### Education
|
||||||
|
- Getting started guides for designers and developers
|
||||||
|
- Component usage guidelines with examples
|
||||||
|
- Workshop series (introductory, advanced, contribution)
|
||||||
|
- Office hours for questions and support
|
||||||
|
### Enablement
|
||||||
|
- Figma/Sketch library with proper setup instructions
|
||||||
|
- Code packages with installation guides
|
||||||
|
- Templates and starter kits
|
||||||
|
- Migration guides from legacy patterns
|
||||||
|
### Incentives
|
||||||
|
- Celebrate teams that adopt well
|
||||||
|
- Track and share adoption metrics
|
||||||
|
- Reduce friction (make it easier to use the system than not)
|
||||||
|
- Include system usage in code/design review criteria
|
||||||
|
## Measuring Adoption
|
||||||
|
- Component usage percentage in production
|
||||||
|
- Number of custom/override styles
|
||||||
|
- Support question volume (should decrease over time)
|
||||||
|
- Time to implement new features (should decrease)
|
||||||
|
- Consistency audit scores
|
||||||
|
## Common Adoption Barriers
|
||||||
|
- System doesn't cover team's needs
|
||||||
|
- Documentation is incomplete or confusing
|
||||||
|
- Components are too rigid to customize
|
||||||
|
- Breaking changes too frequent
|
||||||
|
- No clear contribution path
|
||||||
|
## Overcoming Resistance
|
||||||
|
- Listen to objections — they reveal real gaps
|
||||||
|
- Offer migration support, not mandates
|
||||||
|
- Show productivity gains with data
|
||||||
|
- Start with willing teams, build momentum
|
||||||
|
- Make contributing easy
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Treat the design system as a product with users
|
||||||
|
- Invest in documentation as much as components
|
||||||
|
- Support both designers and developers equally
|
||||||
|
- Maintain a public roadmap
|
||||||
|
- Build community through contribution and feedback"
|
||||||
|
;;
|
||||||
|
esac
|
||||||
|
cat > "designer-toolkit/skills/$skill/SKILL.md" << ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: $skill
|
||||||
|
description: $desc
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
$body
|
||||||
|
ENDFILE
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
# Commands
|
||||||
|
cat > designer-toolkit/commands/write-rationale.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Write design rationale for a set of design decisions.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[design decision or feature to write rationale for]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /write-rationale
|
||||||
|
Write design rationale for decisions.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Identify decisions** — List the key design decisions that need rationale using `design-rationale` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Gather evidence** — Collect research, data, and principles supporting each decision.
|
||||||
|
3. **Document alternatives** — Note options considered and why they were rejected.
|
||||||
|
4. **Write rationale** — Structure each decision's rationale using `design-rationale` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Review copy** — Ensure rationale language is clear using `ux-writing` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Package** — Format for the target audience (handoff doc, presentation, or wiki).
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Design rationale document with each decision documented: context, options, evidence, reasoning, and trade-offs.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/build-presentation` to present the rationale to stakeholders.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > designer-toolkit/commands/build-presentation.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Structure a design presentation for a specific audience.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[topic and audience, e.g., 'design system update for engineering leads']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /build-presentation
|
||||||
|
Structure a design presentation.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Audience analysis** — Identify what the audience cares about and knows.
|
||||||
|
2. **Story arc** — Define the narrative structure using `presentation-deck` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Key messages** — Distill to 3-5 main takeaways.
|
||||||
|
4. **Slide outline** — Plan each slide's purpose and content using `presentation-deck` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Rationale slides** — Include decision rationale using `design-rationale` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Copy review** — Refine slide text using `ux-writing` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Presentation outline with slide-by-slide plan including purpose, content, visuals, and speaker notes.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/write-rationale` to deepen the reasoning sections.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
cat > designer-toolkit/commands/write-case-study.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Create a portfolio case study from a project summary.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[project name or brief description of the work]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /write-case-study
|
||||||
|
Create a portfolio case study.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Outline** — Structure the case study narrative using `case-study` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Challenge** — Define the problem and context clearly.
|
||||||
|
3. **Process** — Highlight key moments of insight and decision using `design-rationale` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Solution** — Describe the final design and its key features.
|
||||||
|
5. **Impact** — Quantify and qualify the results.
|
||||||
|
6. **Polish copy** — Refine the writing using `ux-writing` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete case study draft with overview, challenge, process, solution, impact, and reflections — ready for portfolio use.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/build-presentation` to create a presentation version.
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
echo "✅ designer-toolkit complete (6 skills, 3 commands)"
|
||||||
9
prototyping-testing/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
9
prototyping-testing/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "prototyping-testing",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Plan and execute design validation through prototyping strategies, usability testing, heuristic evaluation, and A/B experiments.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["prototyping", "usability-testing", "heuristic-evaluation", "a-b-testing", "wireframes"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
16
prototyping-testing/README.md
Normal file
16
prototyping-testing/README.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
# prototyping-testing
|
||||||
|
Plan and execute design validation through prototyping strategies, usability testing, heuristic evaluation, and A/B experiments.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (8)
|
||||||
|
- **prototype-strategy** — Choose the right prototyping fidelity and method for the design question.
|
||||||
|
- **test-scenario** — Write usability test scenarios with tasks, success criteria, and observation guides.
|
||||||
|
- **heuristic-evaluation** — Conduct expert heuristic evaluations using Nielsen's heuristics and domain-specific criteria.
|
||||||
|
- **a-b-test-design** — Design rigorous A/B tests with hypotheses, variants, metrics, and sample size calculations.
|
||||||
|
- **user-flow-diagram** — Create user flow diagrams showing paths, decisions, and branch logic.
|
||||||
|
- **wireframe-spec** — Specify wireframe layouts with content priority, component placement, and annotation.
|
||||||
|
- **click-test-plan** — Design click/first-click tests to evaluate navigation and information findability.
|
||||||
|
- **accessibility-test-plan** — Create accessibility testing plans covering assistive technologies and WCAG criteria.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (4)
|
||||||
|
- `/prototype-plan` — Create a prototyping and testing plan for a design initiative.
|
||||||
|
- `/evaluate` — Run a heuristic evaluation of an existing design.
|
||||||
|
- `/test-plan` — Design a complete usability testing plan.
|
||||||
|
- `/experiment` — Design an A/B experiment for a design hypothesis.
|
||||||
16
prototyping-testing/commands/evaluate.md
Normal file
16
prototyping-testing/commands/evaluate.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Run a heuristic evaluation of an existing design.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[design, screen, or flow to evaluate]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /evaluate
|
||||||
|
Run a heuristic evaluation of a design.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Scope** — Define screens and flows to evaluate.
|
||||||
|
2. **Heuristic review** — Evaluate against Nielsen's heuristics using `heuristic-evaluation` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Flow analysis** — Review user flows for issues using `user-flow-diagram` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Accessibility check** — Evaluate accessibility using `accessibility-test-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Severity rating** — Rate and prioritize all findings.
|
||||||
|
6. **Recommendations** — Provide specific improvement suggestions.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Evaluation report with findings per heuristic, severity ratings, accessibility issues, and prioritized recommendations.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/test-plan` to validate findings with real users.
|
||||||
16
prototyping-testing/commands/experiment.md
Normal file
16
prototyping-testing/commands/experiment.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design an A/B experiment for a design hypothesis.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[hypothesis or design change to test, e.g., 'new checkout flow will increase conversion']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /experiment
|
||||||
|
Design an A/B experiment.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Hypothesis** — Structure the hypothesis using `a-b-test-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Variants** — Define control and treatment designs.
|
||||||
|
3. **Metrics** — Define primary and guardrail metrics using `a-b-test-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Sample size** — Calculate required sample and duration using `a-b-test-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **User flows** — Map variant flows using `user-flow-diagram` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Analysis plan** — Define how results will be analyzed and decisions made.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Experiment design document with hypothesis, variant specs, metrics, sample calculations, duration, and analysis plan.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/test-plan` for qualitative testing alongside the experiment.
|
||||||
16
prototyping-testing/commands/prototype-plan.md
Normal file
16
prototyping-testing/commands/prototype-plan.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Create a prototyping and testing plan for a design initiative.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[feature or initiative to prototype and test]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /prototype-plan
|
||||||
|
Create a prototyping and testing plan.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Strategy** — Choose fidelity and method using `prototype-strategy` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Flows** — Map user flows to prototype using `user-flow-diagram` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Wireframes** — Specify wireframe layouts using `wireframe-spec` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Test scenarios** — Write usability tasks using `test-scenario` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Accessibility** — Plan accessibility testing using `accessibility-test-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Timeline** — Create a prototyping and testing schedule.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Prototyping plan with fidelity rationale, user flows, wireframe specs, test scenarios, accessibility plan, and timeline.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/test-plan` for detailed usability testing or `/evaluate` for expert review.
|
||||||
16
prototyping-testing/commands/test-plan.md
Normal file
16
prototyping-testing/commands/test-plan.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design a complete usability testing plan.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[product, feature, or prototype to test]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /test-plan
|
||||||
|
Design a complete usability testing plan.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Objectives** — Define what you need to learn.
|
||||||
|
2. **Method** — Choose testing approach using `prototype-strategy` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Scenarios** — Write test tasks using `test-scenario` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Click tests** — Design findability tests using `click-test-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Accessibility** — Include accessibility testing using `accessibility-test-plan` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Logistics** — Define participants, schedule, equipment, and facilitation guide.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Testing plan with objectives, methodology, task scenarios, participant criteria, facilitation guide, and analysis framework.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/evaluate` for expert review before user testing.
|
||||||
41
prototyping-testing/skills/a-b-test-design/SKILL.md
Normal file
41
prototyping-testing/skills/a-b-test-design/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: a-b-test-design
|
||||||
|
description: Design rigorous A/B tests with hypotheses, variants, metrics, and sample size calculations.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# A/B Test Design
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing rigorous A/B experiments that produce actionable results.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design A/B tests with clear hypotheses, controlled variants, appropriate metrics, and statistical rigor.
|
||||||
|
## Test Structure
|
||||||
|
### 1. Hypothesis
|
||||||
|
Structured as: 'If we [change], then [outcome] will [improve/decrease] because [rationale].'
|
||||||
|
### 2. Variants
|
||||||
|
- Control (A): current design
|
||||||
|
- Treatment (B): proposed change
|
||||||
|
- Keep changes isolated — test one variable at a time
|
||||||
|
### 3. Primary Metric
|
||||||
|
The single most important measure of success. Must be measurable, relevant, and sensitive to the change.
|
||||||
|
### 4. Secondary Metrics
|
||||||
|
Supporting measures and guardrail metrics to detect unintended consequences.
|
||||||
|
### 5. Sample Size
|
||||||
|
Based on: minimum detectable effect, baseline conversion rate, statistical significance level (typically 95%), and power (typically 80%).
|
||||||
|
### 6. Duration
|
||||||
|
Run until sample size is reached. Account for weekly cycles (run in full weeks). Minimum 1-2 weeks typically.
|
||||||
|
## Common Pitfalls
|
||||||
|
- Peeking at results before completion
|
||||||
|
- Too many variants at once
|
||||||
|
- Metric not sensitive enough to detect change
|
||||||
|
- Sample size too small
|
||||||
|
- Not accounting for novelty effects
|
||||||
|
- Ignoring segmentation effects
|
||||||
|
## When Not to A/B Test
|
||||||
|
- Very low traffic (insufficient sample)
|
||||||
|
- Ethical concerns with withholding improvement
|
||||||
|
- Foundational changes that affect everything
|
||||||
|
- When qualitative insight is more valuable
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- One hypothesis per test
|
||||||
|
- Document everything before starting
|
||||||
|
- Don't stop early on positive results
|
||||||
|
- Analyze segments after overall results
|
||||||
|
- Share learnings broadly regardless of outcome
|
||||||
42
prototyping-testing/skills/accessibility-test-plan/SKILL.md
Normal file
42
prototyping-testing/skills/accessibility-test-plan/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: accessibility-test-plan
|
||||||
|
description: Create accessibility testing plans covering assistive technologies and WCAG criteria.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Accessibility Test Plan
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in planning comprehensive accessibility testing.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create testing plans that systematically evaluate accessibility across assistive technologies and WCAG criteria.
|
||||||
|
## Testing Layers
|
||||||
|
### 1. Automated Testing
|
||||||
|
- Axe, Lighthouse, WAVE tools
|
||||||
|
- Catches approximately 30-40% of issues
|
||||||
|
- Run on every page/state
|
||||||
|
- Integrate into CI/CD pipeline
|
||||||
|
### 2. Manual Testing
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard-only navigation
|
||||||
|
- Screen reader walkthrough
|
||||||
|
- Zoom to 200% and 400%
|
||||||
|
- High contrast mode
|
||||||
|
- Reduced motion mode
|
||||||
|
### 3. Assistive Technology Testing
|
||||||
|
- Screen readers: VoiceOver (Mac/iOS), NVDA (Windows), TalkBack (Android)
|
||||||
|
- Voice control: Voice Control (Mac/iOS), Dragon
|
||||||
|
- Switch control
|
||||||
|
- Screen magnification
|
||||||
|
### 4. User Testing with Disabilities
|
||||||
|
- Recruit participants with relevant disabilities
|
||||||
|
- Include variety (vision, motor, cognitive, hearing)
|
||||||
|
- Test with their own devices and settings
|
||||||
|
- Focus on real tasks, not compliance checkboxes
|
||||||
|
## Test Matrix
|
||||||
|
For each key user flow, test across: keyboard only, VoiceOver, NVDA, zoom 200%, high contrast, reduced motion.
|
||||||
|
## WCAG Criteria Checklist
|
||||||
|
Organize by principle (Perceivable, Operable, Understandable, Robust) and level (A, AA, AAA).
|
||||||
|
## Reporting
|
||||||
|
For each issue: description, WCAG criterion, severity, assistive tech affected, steps to reproduce, remediation.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Test early and continuously, not just before launch
|
||||||
|
- Automated testing is necessary but not sufficient
|
||||||
|
- Test with real assistive technology users
|
||||||
|
- Include accessibility in definition of done
|
||||||
|
- Prioritize by user impact, not just compliance level
|
||||||
38
prototyping-testing/skills/click-test-plan/SKILL.md
Normal file
38
prototyping-testing/skills/click-test-plan/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: click-test-plan
|
||||||
|
description: Design click/first-click tests to evaluate navigation and information findability.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Click Test Plan
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing click tests that evaluate findability and navigation clarity.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design first-click and click tests that measure whether users can find information and features.
|
||||||
|
## Test Types
|
||||||
|
- **First-click test**: Where do users click first for a given task?
|
||||||
|
- **Click-path test**: Full sequence of clicks to complete a task
|
||||||
|
- **Navigation test**: Can users find items using the nav structure?
|
||||||
|
- **Five-second test**: What do users remember after 5 seconds?
|
||||||
|
## Test Plan Structure
|
||||||
|
### 1. Objective
|
||||||
|
What navigation or findability question are you answering?
|
||||||
|
### 2. Stimuli
|
||||||
|
Screen designs or prototypes to test. Identify which pages/states to show.
|
||||||
|
### 3. Tasks
|
||||||
|
Clear, goal-oriented tasks without UI hints. Example: 'Where would you click to change your email address?'
|
||||||
|
### 4. Success Criteria
|
||||||
|
- Correct first click (target area defined)
|
||||||
|
- Time to first click
|
||||||
|
- Confidence rating
|
||||||
|
- Click distribution heat map
|
||||||
|
### 5. Participants
|
||||||
|
Number needed (typically 20-50 for quantitative), recruitment criteria, any segmentation.
|
||||||
|
## Analysis
|
||||||
|
- First-click success rate (above 65% generally indicates good findability)
|
||||||
|
- Click distribution patterns
|
||||||
|
- Time analysis (hesitation indicates confusion)
|
||||||
|
- Confidence correlation with accuracy
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Test one task per screen
|
||||||
|
- Define click target areas before testing
|
||||||
|
- Use realistic content, not lorem ipsum
|
||||||
|
- Don't give hints in task wording
|
||||||
|
- Compare alternative designs with same tasks
|
||||||
41
prototyping-testing/skills/heuristic-evaluation/SKILL.md
Normal file
41
prototyping-testing/skills/heuristic-evaluation/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: heuristic-evaluation
|
||||||
|
description: Conduct expert heuristic evaluations using Nielsen's heuristics and domain-specific criteria.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Heuristic Evaluation
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in conducting systematic heuristic evaluations of digital interfaces.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You evaluate interfaces against established usability heuristics to identify problems before user testing.
|
||||||
|
## Nielsen's 10 Usability Heuristics
|
||||||
|
1. **Visibility of system status** — Users know what is happening
|
||||||
|
2. **Match real world** — System speaks users' language
|
||||||
|
3. **User control and freedom** — Easy undo and exit
|
||||||
|
4. **Consistency and standards** — Follow conventions
|
||||||
|
5. **Error prevention** — Prevent problems before they occur
|
||||||
|
6. **Recognition over recall** — Make options visible
|
||||||
|
7. **Flexibility and efficiency** — Shortcuts for experts
|
||||||
|
8. **Aesthetic and minimalist design** — No irrelevant information
|
||||||
|
9. **Error recovery** — Help users recognize and recover from errors
|
||||||
|
10. **Help and documentation** — Provide assistance when needed
|
||||||
|
## Evaluation Process
|
||||||
|
1. Define scope (which screens/flows to evaluate)
|
||||||
|
2. Walk through as a new user
|
||||||
|
3. Walk through as an experienced user
|
||||||
|
4. Walk through each task flow
|
||||||
|
5. Document each issue found
|
||||||
|
6. Rate severity
|
||||||
|
7. Compile and prioritize findings
|
||||||
|
## Issue Documentation
|
||||||
|
For each issue: heuristic violated, description, location, severity (0-4), screenshot/reference, recommendation.
|
||||||
|
## Severity Scale
|
||||||
|
- 0: Not a usability problem
|
||||||
|
- 1: Cosmetic only
|
||||||
|
- 2: Minor problem
|
||||||
|
- 3: Major problem (important to fix)
|
||||||
|
- 4: Catastrophe (must fix before release)
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Multiple evaluators find more issues (3-5 ideal)
|
||||||
|
- Evaluate independently before comparing
|
||||||
|
- Focus on real user tasks, not edge cases
|
||||||
|
- Don't just find problems — suggest solutions
|
||||||
|
- Combine with real user testing for complete picture
|
||||||
34
prototyping-testing/skills/prototype-strategy/SKILL.md
Normal file
34
prototyping-testing/skills/prototype-strategy/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: prototype-strategy
|
||||||
|
description: Choose the right prototyping fidelity and method for the design question.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Prototype Strategy
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in choosing prototyping approaches that efficiently answer design questions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams choose the right fidelity, tool, and method for prototyping based on what they need to learn.
|
||||||
|
## Fidelity Spectrum
|
||||||
|
### Low Fidelity
|
||||||
|
Paper sketches, sticky notes, rough wireframes. Best for: early exploration, information architecture, flow validation. Fast to create, easy to discard.
|
||||||
|
### Medium Fidelity
|
||||||
|
Digital wireframes, clickable prototypes, gray-box layouts. Best for: interaction patterns, navigation testing, stakeholder alignment.
|
||||||
|
### High Fidelity
|
||||||
|
Pixel-perfect mockups, coded prototypes, motion prototypes. Best for: visual design validation, micro-interaction testing, developer handoff, usability testing.
|
||||||
|
## Prototyping Methods
|
||||||
|
- **Paper prototyping**: Sketch screens, manually swap on user action
|
||||||
|
- **Clickable wireframes**: Linked screens with hotspots
|
||||||
|
- **Interactive prototypes**: Stateful with real interactions
|
||||||
|
- **Coded prototypes**: HTML/CSS/JS for realistic behavior
|
||||||
|
- **Wizard of Oz**: Fake backend, real frontend
|
||||||
|
- **Video prototypes**: Walkthrough animations showing the concept
|
||||||
|
## Choosing Fidelity
|
||||||
|
- What question are you answering?
|
||||||
|
- Who is the audience (users, stakeholders, developers)?
|
||||||
|
- How much time do you have?
|
||||||
|
- How many iterations do you expect?
|
||||||
|
- What decisions will this prototype inform?
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Match fidelity to the question, not the deadline
|
||||||
|
- Prototype the riskiest assumption first
|
||||||
|
- Don't over-invest before testing
|
||||||
|
- Make it clear it is a prototype (avoid polished for early feedback)
|
||||||
|
- Plan for iteration — build to throw away
|
||||||
38
prototyping-testing/skills/test-scenario/SKILL.md
Normal file
38
prototyping-testing/skills/test-scenario/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: test-scenario
|
||||||
|
description: Write usability test scenarios with tasks, success criteria, and observation guides.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Test Scenario
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in writing usability test scenarios that reveal genuine user behavior.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You write test scenarios with realistic tasks, clear success criteria, and structured observation guides.
|
||||||
|
## Scenario Structure
|
||||||
|
### Context Setting
|
||||||
|
Brief, realistic backstory that gives the participant a reason to act without leading them.
|
||||||
|
### Task
|
||||||
|
Specific goal to accomplish. Action-oriented, not question-based. Avoids UI terminology that hints at the answer.
|
||||||
|
### Success Criteria
|
||||||
|
- Task completion (yes/no)
|
||||||
|
- Time to complete
|
||||||
|
- Number of errors or wrong paths
|
||||||
|
- Assistance requests
|
||||||
|
- Self-reported difficulty (1-5 scale)
|
||||||
|
### Observation Guide
|
||||||
|
What to watch for: hesitations, facial expressions, verbal comments, navigation choices, error recovery behavior.
|
||||||
|
## Task Types
|
||||||
|
- **Exploratory**: Find information (e.g., 'Find the return policy')
|
||||||
|
- **Specific**: Complete a goal (e.g., 'Add a blue shirt size M to your cart')
|
||||||
|
- **Comparative**: Choose between options
|
||||||
|
- **Open-ended**: Achieve a goal with multiple valid paths
|
||||||
|
## Scenario Writing Rules
|
||||||
|
- Use participant's language, not product jargon
|
||||||
|
- Give motivation, not instructions
|
||||||
|
- One goal per task
|
||||||
|
- Don't reveal the UI path in the task wording
|
||||||
|
- Include both simple and complex tasks
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Pilot test your scenarios before real sessions
|
||||||
|
- Order tasks from easy to hard
|
||||||
|
- Include a warm-up task
|
||||||
|
- Prepare follow-up questions per task
|
||||||
|
- Write more scenarios than you need (allow flexibility)
|
||||||
41
prototyping-testing/skills/user-flow-diagram/SKILL.md
Normal file
41
prototyping-testing/skills/user-flow-diagram/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: user-flow-diagram
|
||||||
|
description: Create user flow diagrams showing paths, decisions, and branch logic.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# User Flow Diagram
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating clear user flow diagrams that map paths through a product.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create flow diagrams showing how users move through a product to accomplish goals, including decisions, branches, and error paths.
|
||||||
|
## Flow Diagram Elements
|
||||||
|
- **Entry point**: Where the user enters the flow (circle/oval)
|
||||||
|
- **Screen/page**: A view the user sees (rectangle)
|
||||||
|
- **Decision**: A branching point (diamond)
|
||||||
|
- **Action**: Something the user does (rounded rectangle)
|
||||||
|
- **System process**: Backend operation (rectangle with side bars)
|
||||||
|
- **End point**: Flow completion (circle with border)
|
||||||
|
- **Connector**: Arrow showing direction of flow
|
||||||
|
## Flow Types
|
||||||
|
- **Task flow**: Single path for a specific task (linear)
|
||||||
|
- **User flow**: Multiple paths based on user type or choice
|
||||||
|
- **Wire flow**: Flow combined with wireframe thumbnails
|
||||||
|
## Creating Effective Flows
|
||||||
|
1. Define the goal the flow accomplishes
|
||||||
|
2. Identify the entry point(s)
|
||||||
|
3. Map the happy path first
|
||||||
|
4. Add decision points and branches
|
||||||
|
5. Map error paths and recovery
|
||||||
|
6. Mark exit points
|
||||||
|
7. Note system actions happening in background
|
||||||
|
## Flow Annotations
|
||||||
|
- Screen names and key content
|
||||||
|
- Decision criteria at each branch
|
||||||
|
- Error conditions and handling
|
||||||
|
- System events and notifications
|
||||||
|
- Time delays or async processes
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- One flow per user goal
|
||||||
|
- Start with happy path, then add complexity
|
||||||
|
- Include error and edge case paths
|
||||||
|
- Keep flows readable (not too many branches on one diagram)
|
||||||
|
- Use consistent notation
|
||||||
|
- Label every arrow with the trigger/action
|
||||||
44
prototyping-testing/skills/wireframe-spec/SKILL.md
Normal file
44
prototyping-testing/skills/wireframe-spec/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: wireframe-spec
|
||||||
|
description: Specify wireframe layouts with content priority, component placement, and annotation.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Wireframe Spec
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating annotated wireframe specifications.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You specify wireframe layouts defining content priority, component placement, behavior annotations, and responsive considerations.
|
||||||
|
## Wireframe Components
|
||||||
|
### Content Blocks
|
||||||
|
- Headers and navigation
|
||||||
|
- Hero/feature areas
|
||||||
|
- Content sections (text, media, cards)
|
||||||
|
- Forms and input areas
|
||||||
|
- Footers and secondary navigation
|
||||||
|
### Annotations
|
||||||
|
- Content priority numbers (what loads/appears first)
|
||||||
|
- Interaction notes (what happens on click/hover)
|
||||||
|
- Dynamic content indicators (personalized, data-driven)
|
||||||
|
- Responsive behavior notes
|
||||||
|
- Accessibility notes
|
||||||
|
### Content Specifications
|
||||||
|
- Heading hierarchy (H1, H2, H3)
|
||||||
|
- Approximate text length/character counts
|
||||||
|
- Image aspect ratios and sizing
|
||||||
|
- Required vs optional content
|
||||||
|
- Content source (static, CMS, API)
|
||||||
|
## Fidelity Levels
|
||||||
|
- **Sketch**: Hand-drawn boxes and labels
|
||||||
|
- **Low-fi**: Gray boxes with content labels
|
||||||
|
- **Mid-fi**: Realistic layout with placeholder content
|
||||||
|
- **Annotated**: Mid-fi plus detailed behavior specs
|
||||||
|
## Wireframe Conventions
|
||||||
|
- Use gray/black/white only (no color decisions)
|
||||||
|
- X-box for images
|
||||||
|
- Wavy lines for text blocks
|
||||||
|
- Real labels for navigation and buttons
|
||||||
|
- Consistent component representation
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Focus on content hierarchy, not visual design
|
||||||
|
- Annotate behavior, not just layout
|
||||||
|
- Show multiple states (empty, loading, populated, error)
|
||||||
|
- Include responsive breakpoint versions
|
||||||
|
- Get content strategy input early
|
||||||
9
ui-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
9
ui-design/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "ui-design",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Craft polished user interfaces with layout grids, color systems, typography scales, responsive patterns, and visual hierarchy.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["ui-design", "layout", "color", "typography", "responsive", "visual-hierarchy"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
17
ui-design/README.md
Normal file
17
ui-design/README.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
# ui-design
|
||||||
|
Craft polished user interfaces with layout grids, color systems, typography scales, responsive patterns, and visual hierarchy.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (9)
|
||||||
|
- **layout-grid** — Define responsive layout grid systems with columns, gutters, margins, and breakpoints.
|
||||||
|
- **color-system** — Build a comprehensive color system with palette generation and accessibility compliance.
|
||||||
|
- **typography-scale** — Create a modular typography scale with size, weight, and line-height relationships.
|
||||||
|
- **responsive-design** — Design adaptive layouts and interactions across all screen sizes and inputs.
|
||||||
|
- **visual-hierarchy** — Establish clear visual hierarchy through size, weight, color, spacing, and position.
|
||||||
|
- **spacing-system** — Create a consistent spacing system based on a base unit with application rules.
|
||||||
|
- **dark-mode-design** — Design effective dark mode interfaces with proper color adaptation and contrast.
|
||||||
|
- **illustration-style** — Define an illustration style guide with visual language and usage rules.
|
||||||
|
- **data-visualization** — Design clear, accessible data visualizations with appropriate chart selection.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (4)
|
||||||
|
- `/design-screen` — Design a complete screen layout from a description or requirements.
|
||||||
|
- `/color-palette` — Generate a full color palette with semantic mapping and accessibility checks.
|
||||||
|
- `/type-system` — Create a complete typography system from brand fonts or requirements.
|
||||||
|
- `/responsive-audit` — Audit a design for responsive behavior across breakpoints.
|
||||||
16
ui-design/commands/color-palette.md
Normal file
16
ui-design/commands/color-palette.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Generate a full color palette with semantic mapping and accessibility checks.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[brand colors, mood, or requirements, e.g., '#3B82F6 primary blue, modern tech feel']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /color-palette
|
||||||
|
Generate a comprehensive color palette.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Base palette** — Generate tonal scales from input colors using `color-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Semantic mapping** — Map colors to semantic roles (success, error, etc.) using `color-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Accessibility check** — Verify contrast ratios for all combinations using `color-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Dark mode** — Create dark mode color mappings using `dark-mode-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Data viz** — Define data visualization colors using `data-visualization` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Document** — Output the complete palette with usage guidance.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete color system with tonal scales, semantic mapping, contrast matrix, dark mode mappings, and usage guidelines.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/design-screen` to apply the palette.
|
||||||
17
ui-design/commands/design-screen.md
Normal file
17
ui-design/commands/design-screen.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Design a complete screen layout from a description or requirements.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[screen description, e.g., 'user profile settings page' or 'e-commerce product listing']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /design-screen
|
||||||
|
Design a complete screen layout from a description.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Structure** — Define layout grid using `layout-grid` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Hierarchy** — Establish visual priority using `visual-hierarchy` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Typography** — Apply type styles using `typography-scale` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Color** — Apply color system using `color-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Spacing** — Apply consistent spacing using `spacing-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Responsive** — Define behavior across breakpoints using `responsive-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Dark mode** — Specify dark mode adaptation using `dark-mode-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Complete screen specification with layout, hierarchy, typography, color, spacing, responsive behavior, and dark mode.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/responsive-audit` to verify the design.
|
||||||
17
ui-design/commands/responsive-audit.md
Normal file
17
ui-design/commands/responsive-audit.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Audit a design for responsive behavior across breakpoints.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[screen or feature name to audit]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /responsive-audit
|
||||||
|
Audit a design for responsive behavior.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Breakpoints** — Review behavior at each breakpoint using `responsive-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Grid** — Check layout grid compliance using `layout-grid` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Typography** — Verify type scaling using `typography-scale` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Spacing** — Check spacing consistency using `spacing-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Hierarchy** — Verify hierarchy holds at all sizes using `visual-hierarchy` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Touch targets** — Verify minimum sizes for touch using `responsive-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Report** — Document findings with recommendations.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Responsive audit report with findings per breakpoint, compliance status, and remediation recommendations.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/design-screen` to redesign problem areas.
|
||||||
16
ui-design/commands/type-system.md
Normal file
16
ui-design/commands/type-system.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Create a complete typography system from brand fonts or requirements.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[font names or requirements, e.g., 'Inter for UI, Merriweather for editorial']"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /type-system
|
||||||
|
Create a complete typography system.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Scale** — Build a modular type scale using `typography-scale` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Hierarchy** — Define hierarchy levels using `visual-hierarchy` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Responsive** — Adapt scale across breakpoints using `responsive-design` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Spacing** — Define text spacing relationships using `spacing-system` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Grid alignment** — Align to baseline grid using `layout-grid` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Document** — Output complete type system with usage rules.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Typography system with scale, styles, responsive behavior, spacing, grid alignment, and usage guidelines.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/design-screen` to apply the type system.
|
||||||
34
ui-design/skills/color-system/SKILL.md
Normal file
34
ui-design/skills/color-system/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: color-system
|
||||||
|
description: Build a comprehensive color system with palette generation, semantic mapping, and accessibility compliance.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Color System
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in building systematic, accessible color palettes for digital products.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create comprehensive color systems with raw palettes, semantic mapping, and accessibility compliance.
|
||||||
|
## Color System Layers
|
||||||
|
### 1. Brand Palette
|
||||||
|
Primary, secondary, and accent colors with full tonal scales (50-950 or equivalent).
|
||||||
|
### 2. Neutral Palette
|
||||||
|
Gray scale for text, backgrounds, borders, and surfaces.
|
||||||
|
### 3. Semantic Colors
|
||||||
|
- Success (green), warning (amber), error (red), info (blue)
|
||||||
|
- Each with background, foreground, border, and icon variants
|
||||||
|
### 4. Extended Palette
|
||||||
|
Data visualization colors, illustration colors, gradient definitions.
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility Requirements
|
||||||
|
- Text on backgrounds: minimum 4.5:1 contrast (AA) or 7:1 (AAA)
|
||||||
|
- Large text: minimum 3:1
|
||||||
|
- UI components: minimum 3:1 against adjacent colors
|
||||||
|
- Don't rely on color alone to convey meaning
|
||||||
|
## Color Relationships
|
||||||
|
- Tint/shade scales for each hue
|
||||||
|
- Complementary pairs for contrast
|
||||||
|
- Analogous sets for harmony
|
||||||
|
- Neutral pairings for text/surface combinations
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Generate full tonal scales, not just single swatches
|
||||||
|
- Test every foreground/background combination for contrast
|
||||||
|
- Provide usage guidance for each color
|
||||||
|
- Design for color blindness (test with simulators)
|
||||||
|
- Include dark mode mappings from the start
|
||||||
39
ui-design/skills/dark-mode-design/SKILL.md
Normal file
39
ui-design/skills/dark-mode-design/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: dark-mode-design
|
||||||
|
description: Design effective dark mode interfaces with proper color adaptation, contrast, and elevation.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Dark Mode Design
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing dark mode interfaces that are comfortable, accessible, and polished.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design dark mode experiences that go beyond simple color inversion.
|
||||||
|
## Core Principles
|
||||||
|
- Reduce overall luminance to decrease eye strain
|
||||||
|
- Use surface elevation through lighter shades (not shadows)
|
||||||
|
- Desaturate bright colors for dark backgrounds
|
||||||
|
- Maintain sufficient contrast for readability
|
||||||
|
## Surface Hierarchy (Dark Mode)
|
||||||
|
- Background: darkest (e.g., #121212)
|
||||||
|
- Surface 1: slightly lighter (elevated cards)
|
||||||
|
- Surface 2: lighter again (modals, dropdowns)
|
||||||
|
- Surface 3: lightest dark (tooltips, menus)
|
||||||
|
## Color Adaptation
|
||||||
|
- Primary colors: reduce saturation 10-20%
|
||||||
|
- Error/warning: adjust for dark background contrast
|
||||||
|
- Text: off-white (#E0E0E0) not pure white (#FFFFFF)
|
||||||
|
- Borders: subtle, low-opacity white
|
||||||
|
## Images and Media
|
||||||
|
- Consider dimming images slightly
|
||||||
|
- Provide dark-variant illustrations
|
||||||
|
- Logos may need light-on-dark versions
|
||||||
|
- Avoid large bright areas in imagery
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility in Dark Mode
|
||||||
|
- Minimum 4.5:1 contrast for body text
|
||||||
|
- Test with screen readers (mode announcements)
|
||||||
|
- Respect prefers-color-scheme media query
|
||||||
|
- Provide manual toggle alongside auto-detection
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Don't just invert — redesign surfaces thoughtfully
|
||||||
|
- Test in actual dark environments
|
||||||
|
- Check every component in dark mode
|
||||||
|
- Smooth transitions between modes
|
||||||
|
- Use semantic tokens for effortless switching
|
||||||
45
ui-design/skills/data-visualization/SKILL.md
Normal file
45
ui-design/skills/data-visualization/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: data-visualization
|
||||||
|
description: Design clear, accessible data visualizations with appropriate chart selection and styling.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Data Visualization
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing clear, accessible, and informative data visualizations.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design data visualizations that communicate insights effectively using appropriate chart types and styling.
|
||||||
|
## Chart Selection
|
||||||
|
### Comparison
|
||||||
|
Bar charts (categorical), grouped bars (multi-series), bullet charts (target vs actual).
|
||||||
|
### Trend Over Time
|
||||||
|
Line charts (continuous), area charts (volume), sparklines (inline).
|
||||||
|
### Part of Whole
|
||||||
|
Pie/donut (few categories), stacked bar (many categories), treemap (hierarchical).
|
||||||
|
### Distribution
|
||||||
|
Histogram, box plot, scatter plot.
|
||||||
|
### Relationship
|
||||||
|
Scatter plot, bubble chart, heat map.
|
||||||
|
## Design Principles
|
||||||
|
- Data-ink ratio: maximize data, minimize decoration
|
||||||
|
- Clear axis labels and legends
|
||||||
|
- Consistent color encoding across views
|
||||||
|
- Start y-axis at zero for bar charts
|
||||||
|
- Use annotation to highlight key insights
|
||||||
|
## Color in Data Viz
|
||||||
|
- Sequential: light to dark for ordered data
|
||||||
|
- Diverging: two-hue scale for above/below midpoint
|
||||||
|
- Categorical: distinct hues for unrelated categories
|
||||||
|
- Colorblind-safe palettes (avoid red-green only)
|
||||||
|
## Accessibility
|
||||||
|
- Don't rely on color alone — use patterns, labels, or shapes
|
||||||
|
- Provide text alternatives for charts
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard navigable interactive charts
|
||||||
|
- Sufficient contrast for data elements
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Data Viz
|
||||||
|
- Simplify at small sizes (fewer data points, larger labels)
|
||||||
|
- Consider alternative views for mobile (table instead of chart)
|
||||||
|
- Touch-friendly tooltips and interactions
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Choose the simplest chart that communicates the insight
|
||||||
|
- Label directly on the chart when possible (avoid legends)
|
||||||
|
- Provide context (benchmarks, targets, trends)
|
||||||
|
- Test with real data, not idealized samples
|
||||||
|
- Allow users to explore details on demand
|
||||||
41
ui-design/skills/illustration-style/SKILL.md
Normal file
41
ui-design/skills/illustration-style/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: illustration-style
|
||||||
|
description: Define an illustration style guide with visual language, color usage, and application rules.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Illustration Style
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in defining illustration systems that support product communication and brand identity.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create illustration style guides ensuring consistent visual storytelling across a product.
|
||||||
|
## Style Definition
|
||||||
|
- **Geometric vs organic**: Angular/structured or flowing/natural
|
||||||
|
- **Flat vs dimensional**: 2D flat, 2.5D isometric, or 3D
|
||||||
|
- **Detailed vs minimal**: Level of detail and complexity
|
||||||
|
- **Abstract vs representational**: Symbolic or realistic
|
||||||
|
- **Line style**: Stroke weight, corners, endpoints
|
||||||
|
## Color in Illustration
|
||||||
|
- Use a subset of the product color palette
|
||||||
|
- Define primary, secondary, and accent illustration colors
|
||||||
|
- Rules for gradients and shadows
|
||||||
|
- Dark mode illustration variants
|
||||||
|
## Character Design (if applicable)
|
||||||
|
- Proportions and body style
|
||||||
|
- Level of detail in faces
|
||||||
|
- Diversity and representation guidelines
|
||||||
|
- Poses and expressions library
|
||||||
|
## Illustration Types
|
||||||
|
- **Spot illustrations**: Small, inline, supporting UI elements
|
||||||
|
- **Hero illustrations**: Large, featured, storytelling
|
||||||
|
- **Empty states**: Guide users when no content exists
|
||||||
|
- **Onboarding**: Explain features and concepts
|
||||||
|
- **Error states**: Soften error messages
|
||||||
|
## Application Rules
|
||||||
|
- When to use vs when not to use illustrations
|
||||||
|
- Size constraints per context
|
||||||
|
- Alignment with grid system
|
||||||
|
- Animation guidelines for illustrated elements
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Keep a consistent style across all illustrations
|
||||||
|
- Create reusable element libraries
|
||||||
|
- Document the creation process for contributors
|
||||||
|
- Test at intended display sizes
|
||||||
|
- Consider accessibility (don't convey info only through illustrations)
|
||||||
34
ui-design/skills/layout-grid/SKILL.md
Normal file
34
ui-design/skills/layout-grid/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: layout-grid
|
||||||
|
description: Define responsive layout grid systems with columns, gutters, margins, and breakpoint behavior.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Layout Grid
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in layout grid systems for digital product design.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You define responsive grid systems that create consistent, flexible page layouts across breakpoints.
|
||||||
|
## Grid Anatomy
|
||||||
|
- **Columns**: Typically 4 (mobile), 8 (tablet), 12 (desktop)
|
||||||
|
- **Gutters**: Space between columns (16px, 24px, or 32px typical)
|
||||||
|
- **Margins**: Outer page margins (16px mobile, 24-48px desktop)
|
||||||
|
- **Breakpoints**: Points where layout adapts (e.g., 375, 768, 1024, 1440px)
|
||||||
|
## Grid Types
|
||||||
|
- **Column grid**: Equal columns for general layout
|
||||||
|
- **Modular grid**: Columns + rows creating modules
|
||||||
|
- **Baseline grid**: Vertical rhythm alignment (4px or 8px)
|
||||||
|
- **Compound grid**: Overlapping grids for complex layouts
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Behavior
|
||||||
|
- Fluid: columns stretch proportionally
|
||||||
|
- Fixed: max-width container with centered content
|
||||||
|
- Adaptive: distinct layouts per breakpoint
|
||||||
|
- Column dropping: reduce columns at smaller sizes
|
||||||
|
## Common Patterns
|
||||||
|
- Full-bleed: content spans entire viewport
|
||||||
|
- Contained: max-width with margins
|
||||||
|
- Asymmetric: sidebar + main content
|
||||||
|
- Card grids: auto-fill responsive cards
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Use consistent gutters and margins
|
||||||
|
- Align content to the grid, not arbitrarily
|
||||||
|
- Test at every breakpoint, not just the extremes
|
||||||
|
- Document grid specs for developers
|
||||||
|
- Allow intentional grid-breaking for emphasis
|
||||||
38
ui-design/skills/responsive-design/SKILL.md
Normal file
38
ui-design/skills/responsive-design/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: responsive-design
|
||||||
|
description: Design adaptive layouts and interactions that work across all screen sizes and input methods.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Responsive Design
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in designing interfaces that adapt gracefully across devices and contexts.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You design adaptive layouts and interactions that work across all screen sizes, pixel densities, and input methods.
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Strategies
|
||||||
|
- **Fluid**: Percentage-based widths, flexible within ranges
|
||||||
|
- **Adaptive**: Distinct layouts at specific breakpoints
|
||||||
|
- **Mobile-first**: Start with smallest, enhance upward
|
||||||
|
- **Content-first**: Let content needs drive breakpoints
|
||||||
|
## Common Breakpoints
|
||||||
|
- Small: 375-639px (phones)
|
||||||
|
- Medium: 640-1023px (tablets)
|
||||||
|
- Large: 1024-1439px (laptops)
|
||||||
|
- Extra large: 1440px+ (desktops)
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Patterns
|
||||||
|
- Column drop: reduce columns at smaller sizes
|
||||||
|
- Reflow: stack horizontal elements vertically
|
||||||
|
- Off-canvas: hide secondary content behind toggle
|
||||||
|
- Priority+: show most important, overflow the rest
|
||||||
|
## Input Method Adaptation
|
||||||
|
- Touch: 44px minimum targets, gesture support
|
||||||
|
- Mouse: hover states, precise targeting
|
||||||
|
- Keyboard: focus indicators, logical tab order
|
||||||
|
- Voice: clear labels, logical structure
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Typography and Images
|
||||||
|
- Fluid type scaling between breakpoints
|
||||||
|
- Responsive images with appropriate srcset
|
||||||
|
- Art direction: different crops per breakpoint
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Design for content, not devices
|
||||||
|
- Test on real devices, not just browser resize
|
||||||
|
- Consider landscape and portrait
|
||||||
|
- Account for slow connections
|
||||||
|
- Test with accessibility tools at each breakpoint
|
||||||
38
ui-design/skills/spacing-system/SKILL.md
Normal file
38
ui-design/skills/spacing-system/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: spacing-system
|
||||||
|
description: Create a consistent spacing system based on a base unit with contextual application rules.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Spacing System
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating systematic spacing for consistent, harmonious interfaces.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create spacing systems that bring consistency and rhythm to layouts.
|
||||||
|
## Base Unit
|
||||||
|
Choose a base unit (typically 4px or 8px) and build a scale:
|
||||||
|
- 2xs: 2px
|
||||||
|
- xs: 4px
|
||||||
|
- sm: 8px
|
||||||
|
- md: 16px
|
||||||
|
- lg: 24px
|
||||||
|
- xl: 32px
|
||||||
|
- 2xl: 48px
|
||||||
|
- 3xl: 64px
|
||||||
|
## Spacing Types
|
||||||
|
- **Inset**: Padding inside containers (equal or squish/stretch variants)
|
||||||
|
- **Stack**: Vertical space between stacked elements
|
||||||
|
- **Inline**: Horizontal space between inline elements
|
||||||
|
- **Grid gap**: Space between grid/flex items
|
||||||
|
## Application Rules
|
||||||
|
- Related items: smaller spacing (sm/md)
|
||||||
|
- Distinct sections: larger spacing (lg/xl)
|
||||||
|
- Page margins: consistent per breakpoint
|
||||||
|
- Component internal: defined per component
|
||||||
|
## Density Modes
|
||||||
|
- Compact: reduce spacing by one step (for data-heavy views)
|
||||||
|
- Comfortable: default spacing
|
||||||
|
- Spacious: increase spacing by one step (for reading-focused)
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Always use the scale — never arbitrary values
|
||||||
|
- Consistent spacing within components
|
||||||
|
- Larger gaps between unrelated groups
|
||||||
|
- Document spacing intent, not just values
|
||||||
|
- Test spacing at different viewport sizes
|
||||||
43
ui-design/skills/typography-scale/SKILL.md
Normal file
43
ui-design/skills/typography-scale/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: typography-scale
|
||||||
|
description: Create a modular typography scale with size, weight, and line-height relationships.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Typography Scale
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in typographic systems for digital interfaces.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create modular typography scales that ensure readable, harmonious, and consistent text across a product.
|
||||||
|
## Scale Components
|
||||||
|
### Size Scale
|
||||||
|
Based on a ratio (e.g., 1.25 major third, 1.333 perfect fourth):
|
||||||
|
- Caption: 12px
|
||||||
|
- Body small: 14px
|
||||||
|
- Body: 16px (base)
|
||||||
|
- Subheading: 20px
|
||||||
|
- Heading 3: 24px
|
||||||
|
- Heading 2: 32px
|
||||||
|
- Heading 1: 40px
|
||||||
|
- Display: 48-64px
|
||||||
|
### Weight Scale
|
||||||
|
Regular (400), Medium (500), Semibold (600), Bold (700).
|
||||||
|
### Line Height
|
||||||
|
- Tight: 1.2 (headings)
|
||||||
|
- Normal: 1.5 (body text)
|
||||||
|
- Relaxed: 1.75 (long-form reading)
|
||||||
|
### Letter Spacing
|
||||||
|
- Tight: -0.02em (large headings)
|
||||||
|
- Normal: 0 (body)
|
||||||
|
- Wide: 0.05em (uppercase labels, captions)
|
||||||
|
## Font Pairing
|
||||||
|
- Primary: UI and body text
|
||||||
|
- Secondary: headings or editorial (optional)
|
||||||
|
- Mono: code, data, technical content
|
||||||
|
## Responsive Typography
|
||||||
|
- Scale down heading sizes on mobile
|
||||||
|
- Maintain body size (16px minimum for readability)
|
||||||
|
- Adjust line lengths (45-75 characters optimal)
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Use a mathematical ratio for harmony
|
||||||
|
- Limit to 4-5 sizes in regular use
|
||||||
|
- Ensure body text is minimum 16px
|
||||||
|
- Test with real content, not lorem ipsum
|
||||||
|
- Document usage rules for each style
|
||||||
37
ui-design/skills/visual-hierarchy/SKILL.md
Normal file
37
ui-design/skills/visual-hierarchy/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: visual-hierarchy
|
||||||
|
description: Establish clear visual hierarchy through size, weight, color, spacing, and positioning.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Visual Hierarchy
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in creating clear visual hierarchy that guides users through interfaces.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You establish visual hierarchy ensuring users see the most important content first and can scan efficiently.
|
||||||
|
## Hierarchy Tools
|
||||||
|
### Size
|
||||||
|
Larger elements draw attention first. Use size differences of at least 1.5x for clear distinction.
|
||||||
|
### Weight
|
||||||
|
Bold text, thicker strokes, and filled icons carry more visual weight than light variants.
|
||||||
|
### Color and Contrast
|
||||||
|
High contrast attracts attention. Use color strategically for CTAs, status, and emphasis.
|
||||||
|
### Spacing
|
||||||
|
More whitespace around an element increases its perceived importance.
|
||||||
|
### Position
|
||||||
|
Top-left (in LTR layouts) gets seen first. Above the fold matters. F-pattern and Z-pattern scanning.
|
||||||
|
### Density
|
||||||
|
Isolated elements stand out. Grouped elements are scanned as a unit.
|
||||||
|
## Hierarchy Levels
|
||||||
|
1. **Primary**: Page title, primary CTA — seen first
|
||||||
|
2. **Secondary**: Section headings, key content — scanned next
|
||||||
|
3. **Tertiary**: Supporting text, metadata — read on demand
|
||||||
|
4. **Quaternary**: Fine print, timestamps — available but not prominent
|
||||||
|
## Common Patterns
|
||||||
|
- Hero sections: large type + image + single CTA
|
||||||
|
- Card layouts: image > title > description > action
|
||||||
|
- Forms: label > input > helper text > error
|
||||||
|
- Navigation: current state > available > disabled
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Squint test: blur your eyes — hierarchy should still be clear
|
||||||
|
- One primary action per view
|
||||||
|
- Don't compete for attention — choose what matters most
|
||||||
|
- Use hierarchy to tell a story through the page
|
||||||
|
- Test with real users doing real tasks
|
||||||
66
update-readme.sh
Executable file
66
update-readme.sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||||
|
#!/bin/bash
|
||||||
|
set -e
|
||||||
|
echo "📝 Updating root README..."
|
||||||
|
cat > README.md << 'EOF'
|
||||||
|
# Designer Skills Collection
|
||||||
|
Agentic skills, commands, and plugins for design — from research to systems, UI, interaction, and delivery.
|
||||||
|
**63 skills** and **27 commands** across **8 plugins** for [Claude Code](https://docs.anthropic.com/en/docs/claude-code).
|
||||||
|
## Plugins
|
||||||
|
| Plugin | Skills | Commands | Description |
|
||||||
|
|--------|--------|----------|-------------|
|
||||||
|
| [design-research](./design-research) | 10 | 4 | User research: personas, empathy maps, journey maps, interviews, usability testing, and card sorting. |
|
||||||
|
| [design-systems](./design-systems) | 8 | 3 | Build and maintain design systems: tokens, components, accessibility, theming, and documentation. |
|
||||||
|
| [ux-strategy](./ux-strategy) | 8 | 3 | Shape product direction: competitive analysis, design principles, experience mapping, and alignment. |
|
||||||
|
| [ui-design](./ui-design) | 9 | 4 | Craft polished interfaces: layout grids, color systems, typography, responsive design, and data viz. |
|
||||||
|
| [interaction-design](./interaction-design) | 7 | 3 | Design meaningful interactions: micro-animations, state machines, gestures, error handling, and feedback. |
|
||||||
|
| [prototyping-testing](./prototyping-testing) | 8 | 4 | Validate designs: prototyping strategies, usability testing, heuristic evaluation, and A/B experiments. |
|
||||||
|
| [design-ops](./design-ops) | 7 | 3 | Streamline operations: critique frameworks, handoff specs, sprint planning, and team workflows. |
|
||||||
|
| [designer-toolkit](./designer-toolkit) | 6 | 3 | Essential utilities: design rationale, presentations, case studies, UX writing, and system adoption. |
|
||||||
|
## Quick Start
|
||||||
|
### Install a Single Plugin
|
||||||
|
```bash
|
||||||
|
claude install github:Owl-Listener/designer-skills/design-research
|
||||||
|
```
|
||||||
|
### Install All Plugins
|
||||||
|
```bash
|
||||||
|
claude install github:Owl-Listener/designer-skills
|
||||||
|
```
|
||||||
|
## What Are Skills and Commands?
|
||||||
|
- **Skills** are domain knowledge units (nouns). They teach Claude about a design topic — like creating user personas, defining design tokens, or writing error messages.
|
||||||
|
- **Commands** are workflows (verbs). They chain multiple skills together to accomplish a task — like running a full design system audit or planning a usability test.
|
||||||
|
## All Commands
|
||||||
|
| Command | Plugin | Description |
|
||||||
|
|---------|--------|-------------|
|
||||||
|
| `/discover` | design-research | Run a full user research discovery cycle. |
|
||||||
|
| `/interview` | design-research | Prepare and conduct a user interview. |
|
||||||
|
| `/test-plan` | design-research | Create a usability test plan. |
|
||||||
|
| `/synthesize` | design-research | Synthesize research data into insights. |
|
||||||
|
| `/audit-system` | design-systems | Audit a design system for consistency and accessibility. |
|
||||||
|
| `/create-component` | design-systems | Scaffold a full component specification. |
|
||||||
|
| `/tokenize` | design-systems | Extract and organize design tokens. |
|
||||||
|
| `/strategize` | ux-strategy | Develop a complete UX strategy. |
|
||||||
|
| `/benchmark` | ux-strategy | Run a competitive benchmarking analysis. |
|
||||||
|
| `/frame-problem` | ux-strategy | Structure an ambiguous challenge into a clear problem. |
|
||||||
|
| `/design-screen` | ui-design | Design a complete screen layout. |
|
||||||
|
| `/color-palette` | ui-design | Generate a full color palette with accessibility checks. |
|
||||||
|
| `/type-system` | ui-design | Create a complete typography system. |
|
||||||
|
| `/responsive-audit` | ui-design | Audit a design for responsive behavior. |
|
||||||
|
| `/design-interaction` | interaction-design | Design a complete interaction flow. |
|
||||||
|
| `/map-states` | interaction-design | Model states and transitions for a component. |
|
||||||
|
| `/error-flow` | interaction-design | Design error handling for a feature. |
|
||||||
|
| `/prototype-plan` | prototyping-testing | Create a prototyping and testing plan. |
|
||||||
|
| `/evaluate` | prototyping-testing | Run a heuristic evaluation. |
|
||||||
|
| `/test-plan` | prototyping-testing | Design a complete usability testing plan. |
|
||||||
|
| `/experiment` | prototyping-testing | Design an A/B experiment. |
|
||||||
|
| `/plan-sprint` | design-ops | Plan a design sprint. |
|
||||||
|
| `/handoff` | design-ops | Generate a developer handoff package. |
|
||||||
|
| `/setup-workflow` | design-ops | Set up a design team workflow. |
|
||||||
|
| `/write-rationale` | designer-toolkit | Write design rationale for decisions. |
|
||||||
|
| `/build-presentation` | designer-toolkit | Structure a design presentation. |
|
||||||
|
| `/write-case-study` | designer-toolkit | Create a portfolio case study. |
|
||||||
|
## Contributing
|
||||||
|
See [CONTRIBUTING.md](./CONTRIBUTING.md) for guidelines on adding new skills, commands, and plugins.
|
||||||
|
## License
|
||||||
|
MIT — see [LICENSE](./LICENSE).
|
||||||
|
EOF
|
||||||
|
echo "✅ README updated"
|
||||||
9
ux-strategy/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
9
ux-strategy/.claude-plugin/plugin.json
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
"name": "ux-strategy",
|
||||||
|
"version": "1.0.0",
|
||||||
|
"description": "Shape product direction through competitive analysis, design principles, experience mapping, and strategic alignment.",
|
||||||
|
"author": { "name": "MC Dean", "url": "https://marieclairedean.substack.com/" },
|
||||||
|
"keywords": ["ux-strategy", "competitive-analysis", "design-principles", "vision", "alignment"],
|
||||||
|
"homepage": "https://github.com/Owl-Listener/designer-skills",
|
||||||
|
"license": "MIT"
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
15
ux-strategy/README.md
Normal file
15
ux-strategy/README.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||||
|
# ux-strategy
|
||||||
|
Shape product direction through competitive analysis, design principles, experience mapping, and strategic alignment.
|
||||||
|
## Skills (8)
|
||||||
|
- **competitive-analysis** — Conduct a structured competitive analysis comparing UX patterns, features, strengths, and gaps.
|
||||||
|
- **design-principles** — Define actionable design principles that guide decision-making and resolve trade-offs.
|
||||||
|
- **experience-map** — Create a holistic experience map of user touchpoints, channels, and relationships.
|
||||||
|
- **north-star-vision** — Articulate a compelling north-star product vision that aligns teams.
|
||||||
|
- **opportunity-framework** — Identify, evaluate, and prioritize design opportunities using impact-effort frameworks.
|
||||||
|
- **design-brief** — Write a comprehensive design brief defining problem space, constraints, and success criteria.
|
||||||
|
- **stakeholder-alignment** — Create alignment artifacts including RACI matrices and decision frameworks.
|
||||||
|
- **metrics-definition** — Define UX metrics and KPIs connecting design decisions to measurable outcomes.
|
||||||
|
## Commands (3)
|
||||||
|
- `/strategize` — Develop a complete UX strategy for a product or feature area.
|
||||||
|
- `/benchmark` — Run a competitive benchmarking analysis across products.
|
||||||
|
- `/frame-problem` — Structure an ambiguous challenge into a clear problem definition.
|
||||||
17
ux-strategy/commands/benchmark.md
Normal file
17
ux-strategy/commands/benchmark.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Run a competitive benchmarking analysis across a set of products.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[list of competitor products or market category]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /benchmark
|
||||||
|
Run a structured competitive benchmarking analysis.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Identify** — Define competitors using `competitive-analysis` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Criteria** — Establish evaluation dimensions using `metrics-definition` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Analyze** — Deep-dive each competitor using `competitive-analysis` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Compare journeys** — Map experiences using `experience-map` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Score and rank** — Create comparison matrix.
|
||||||
|
6. **Opportunities** — Find gaps using `opportunity-framework` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Report** — Synthesize into actionable findings.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Benchmarking report with profiles, comparison matrix, journey comparisons, opportunity map, and recommendations.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/strategize` or `/frame-problem`.
|
||||||
17
ux-strategy/commands/frame-problem.md
Normal file
17
ux-strategy/commands/frame-problem.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Structure an ambiguous design challenge into a clear problem definition with constraints and criteria.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[description of the ambiguous design challenge]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /frame-problem
|
||||||
|
Structure an ambiguous challenge into a clear, actionable problem definition.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Explore** — Unpack the challenge, identify assumptions and unknowns.
|
||||||
|
2. **Stakeholders** — Map affected parties using `stakeholder-alignment` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Define** — Write clear problem statement using `design-brief` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Constrain** — Identify technical, business, design constraints.
|
||||||
|
5. **Success criteria** — Define evaluation criteria using `metrics-definition` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Principles** — Set decision-making principles using `design-principles` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Prioritize** — If multiple sub-problems, rank using `opportunity-framework` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Problem definition with statement, scope, constraints, success criteria, principles, and prioritized sub-problems.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/strategize` or `/benchmark`.
|
||||||
17
ux-strategy/commands/strategize.md
Normal file
17
ux-strategy/commands/strategize.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
description: Develop a complete UX strategy for a product or feature area.
|
||||||
|
argument-hint: "[product name or feature area to strategize]"
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# /strategize
|
||||||
|
Develop a comprehensive UX strategy.
|
||||||
|
## Steps
|
||||||
|
1. **Vision** — Articulate the north-star using `north-star-vision` skill.
|
||||||
|
2. **Landscape** — Analyze competitors using `competitive-analysis` skill.
|
||||||
|
3. **Map** — Create experience map using `experience-map` skill.
|
||||||
|
4. **Principles** — Define guiding principles using `design-principles` skill.
|
||||||
|
5. **Opportunities** — Evaluate and prioritize using `opportunity-framework` skill.
|
||||||
|
6. **Metrics** — Define success measures using `metrics-definition` skill.
|
||||||
|
7. **Brief** — Consolidate into a design brief using `design-brief` skill.
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Strategy document with vision, competitive landscape, experience map, principles, prioritized opportunities, metrics, and design brief.
|
||||||
|
Consider following up with `/benchmark` or `/frame-problem`.
|
||||||
26
ux-strategy/skills/competitive-analysis/SKILL.md
Normal file
26
ux-strategy/skills/competitive-analysis/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: competitive-analysis
|
||||||
|
description: Conduct a structured competitive analysis comparing UX patterns, features, strengths, and gaps across rival products.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Competitive Analysis
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in evaluating competitive landscapes from a UX and design perspective.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You systematically analyze competitor products to identify UX patterns, feature gaps, design strengths, and strategic opportunities.
|
||||||
|
## Analysis Framework
|
||||||
|
### 1. Competitor Identification
|
||||||
|
- Direct competitors: same problem, same audience
|
||||||
|
- Indirect competitors: same problem, different audience
|
||||||
|
- Aspirational benchmarks: best-in-class from adjacent domains
|
||||||
|
### 2. Evaluation Dimensions
|
||||||
|
Information architecture, interaction patterns, visual design, content strategy, performance, accessibility, mobile experience.
|
||||||
|
### 3. Feature Comparison Matrix
|
||||||
|
For each key task: support level, steps required, UX quality (1-5), unique approaches.
|
||||||
|
### 4. Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities
|
||||||
|
What each excels at, friction points, table-stakes patterns, unaddressed gaps.
|
||||||
|
## Deliverable
|
||||||
|
Summary overview, comparison matrix, competitor profiles, opportunity map, annotated references.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Focus on UX quality, not just feature presence
|
||||||
|
- Analyze full journeys, not isolated screens
|
||||||
|
- Update regularly as competitors evolve
|
||||||
|
- Include aspirational examples from outside the category
|
||||||
22
ux-strategy/skills/design-brief/SKILL.md
Normal file
22
ux-strategy/skills/design-brief/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-brief
|
||||||
|
description: Write a comprehensive design brief that defines the problem space, constraints, audience, and success criteria.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design Brief
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in writing design briefs that set teams up for focused, effective work.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create briefs defining problem, audience, constraints, and success criteria.
|
||||||
|
## Brief Structure
|
||||||
|
1. **Project Overview** — Name, summary, business context, stakeholder
|
||||||
|
2. **Problem Statement** — What, who, evidence, consequences
|
||||||
|
3. **Target Audience** — Primary/secondary users, characteristics, personas
|
||||||
|
4. **Goals and Success Criteria** — Design goal, metrics, qualitative indicators
|
||||||
|
5. **Scope and Constraints** — In/out of scope, technical/brand/timeline/legal
|
||||||
|
6. **Context and Inputs** — Research, competitive refs, previous attempts
|
||||||
|
7. **Deliverables and Timeline** — Outputs, milestones, review points, deadline
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Concise but complete
|
||||||
|
- Focus on problem, not predetermined solution
|
||||||
|
- Include measurable success criteria
|
||||||
|
- Get stakeholder sign-off before starting
|
||||||
|
- Reference throughout the project
|
||||||
29
ux-strategy/skills/design-principles/SKILL.md
Normal file
29
ux-strategy/skills/design-principles/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: design-principles
|
||||||
|
description: Define a set of actionable design principles that guide decision-making and resolve trade-offs.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Design Principles
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in crafting design principles that genuinely guide teams through decisions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams articulate principles that are specific, actionable, and memorable.
|
||||||
|
## Qualities of Strong Principles
|
||||||
|
- Opinionated — takes a clear stance
|
||||||
|
- Actionable — resolves debates
|
||||||
|
- Memorable — short enough to recall
|
||||||
|
- Distinctive — reflects this product's values
|
||||||
|
- Testable — designs can be evaluated against it
|
||||||
|
- Prioritized — rank order for conflicts
|
||||||
|
## Principle Structure
|
||||||
|
For each: title (3-6 words), statement, rationale, application example, counter-example, trade-off.
|
||||||
|
## Process
|
||||||
|
1. Gather inputs (research, values, strategy)
|
||||||
|
2. Workshop to surface candidates
|
||||||
|
3. Draft and debate ('Would anyone disagree?')
|
||||||
|
4. Prioritize for conflicts
|
||||||
|
5. Test against past decisions
|
||||||
|
6. Socialize widely
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Involve the whole team
|
||||||
|
- Reference in design reviews
|
||||||
|
- Revisit as product evolves
|
||||||
|
- Display prominently in team spaces
|
||||||
27
ux-strategy/skills/experience-map/SKILL.md
Normal file
27
ux-strategy/skills/experience-map/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: experience-map
|
||||||
|
description: Create a holistic experience map showing the full ecosystem of user touchpoints, channels, and relationships.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Experience Map
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in mapping complex, multi-channel user experiences at a systems level.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create experience maps showing the entire ecosystem of user interactions across touchpoints, channels, and time.
|
||||||
|
## Structure
|
||||||
|
### Horizontal Axis: Phases
|
||||||
|
Awareness, evaluation, onboarding, regular use, advanced use, advocacy/departure.
|
||||||
|
### Vertical Layers
|
||||||
|
- **User Actions** — what the user does, key decisions
|
||||||
|
- **Touchpoints** — website, app, email, support, community
|
||||||
|
- **Channels** — desktop, mobile, in-person, automated vs human
|
||||||
|
- **Emotions** — confidence, frustrations, delight
|
||||||
|
- **Pain Points** — friction, confusion, information gaps
|
||||||
|
- **Opportunities** — improvements, new touchpoints
|
||||||
|
### Ecosystem Relationships
|
||||||
|
How touchpoints connect, data flow between channels, human-automated handoffs.
|
||||||
|
## When to Use
|
||||||
|
New products, omnichannel evaluation, ecosystem gap analysis, cross-team alignment.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Map current state before future state
|
||||||
|
- Include digital and physical touchpoints
|
||||||
|
- Involve cross-org stakeholders
|
||||||
|
- Validate with research, not assumptions
|
||||||
27
ux-strategy/skills/metrics-definition/SKILL.md
Normal file
27
ux-strategy/skills/metrics-definition/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: metrics-definition
|
||||||
|
description: Define UX metrics and KPIs that connect design decisions to measurable business and user outcomes.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Metrics Definition
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in defining meaningful UX metrics that demonstrate design impact.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams define metrics connecting design work to measurable outcomes.
|
||||||
|
## Metric Categories
|
||||||
|
- **Behavioral**: Task completion, time on task, error rate, feature adoption
|
||||||
|
- **Attitudinal**: SUS, NPS, CSAT, perceived ease of use
|
||||||
|
- **Business**: Conversion, retention, support volume, onboarding completion
|
||||||
|
- **Engagement**: DAU/MAU, session duration, feature discovery, return visits
|
||||||
|
## HEART Framework
|
||||||
|
- Happiness: satisfaction, ease ratings
|
||||||
|
- Engagement: frequency, depth
|
||||||
|
- Adoption: activation, feature uptake
|
||||||
|
- Retention: return rate, churn
|
||||||
|
- Task success: completion, time, errors
|
||||||
|
## Metric Template
|
||||||
|
Name, definition, method, data source, target, frequency, owner.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Choose 3-5 primary metrics
|
||||||
|
- Balance behavioral and attitudinal
|
||||||
|
- Set baselines before measuring change
|
||||||
|
- Connect metrics to design hypotheses
|
||||||
|
- Report alongside qualitative insights
|
||||||
24
ux-strategy/skills/north-star-vision/SKILL.md
Normal file
24
ux-strategy/skills/north-star-vision/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: north-star-vision
|
||||||
|
description: Articulate a compelling north-star product vision that aligns teams and inspires strategic design decisions.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# North Star Vision
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in articulating inspiring product visions that unite teams and guide direction.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams define a north-star vision — a compelling future state that inspires alignment and guides trade-offs.
|
||||||
|
## Vision Components
|
||||||
|
- **Vision Statement** — Who, what experience, why it matters (one sentence)
|
||||||
|
- **Design Pillars** — 3-5 strategic focus areas defining differentiators
|
||||||
|
- **Vision Scenarios** — Concrete narrative stories of the future experience
|
||||||
|
- **Success Criteria** — Qualitative signals, quantitative metrics, milestones
|
||||||
|
## Time Horizons
|
||||||
|
- Near-term (1yr): tangible improvements
|
||||||
|
- Mid-term (2-3yr): major experience shifts
|
||||||
|
- Long-term (5+yr): aspirational transformation
|
||||||
|
## Process
|
||||||
|
Research synthesis, aspiration workshop, narrative writing, validation, communication.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Inspiring but grounded in real needs
|
||||||
|
- Broad enough for unknowns
|
||||||
|
- Used actively in reviews and planning
|
||||||
|
- Connected to daily work through pillars
|
||||||
26
ux-strategy/skills/opportunity-framework/SKILL.md
Normal file
26
ux-strategy/skills/opportunity-framework/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: opportunity-framework
|
||||||
|
description: Identify, evaluate, and prioritize design opportunities using impact-effort frameworks and strategic criteria.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Opportunity Framework
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in identifying, evaluating, and prioritizing design opportunities.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You help teams move from possible improvements to a prioritized roadmap.
|
||||||
|
## Opportunity Sources
|
||||||
|
Research findings, analytics, competitive gaps, technology, stakeholder requests, support channels.
|
||||||
|
## Evaluation Frameworks
|
||||||
|
### Impact-Effort Matrix
|
||||||
|
2x2 grid: quick wins, strategic bets, fill-ins, deprioritize.
|
||||||
|
### RICE Scoring
|
||||||
|
Reach, Impact (1-3), Confidence (%), Effort (person-weeks).
|
||||||
|
### Kano Model
|
||||||
|
Must-be, one-dimensional, attractive, indifferent, reverse.
|
||||||
|
### Value vs Complexity
|
||||||
|
Score user value (1-10) and complexity (1-10).
|
||||||
|
## Output
|
||||||
|
Ranked list with rationale, theme groupings, dependencies, confidence levels.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Use multiple frameworks to triangulate
|
||||||
|
- Include diverse perspectives
|
||||||
|
- Revisit as you learn
|
||||||
|
- Document the 'why' behind every decision
|
||||||
22
ux-strategy/skills/stakeholder-alignment/SKILL.md
Normal file
22
ux-strategy/skills/stakeholder-alignment/SKILL.md
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
name: stakeholder-alignment
|
||||||
|
description: Create stakeholder alignment artifacts including responsibility matrices, decision frameworks, and communication plans.
|
||||||
|
---
|
||||||
|
# Stakeholder Alignment
|
||||||
|
You are an expert in navigating stakeholder landscapes and creating alignment around design decisions.
|
||||||
|
## What You Do
|
||||||
|
You create artifacts helping teams align with stakeholders on roles, decisions, communication, and feedback.
|
||||||
|
## Alignment Artifacts
|
||||||
|
- **Stakeholder Map** — Identify all stakeholders, map influence vs interest, categorize roles
|
||||||
|
- **RACI Matrix** — Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, Informed per decision
|
||||||
|
- **Decision Framework** — What needs input, who decides, how to resolve disagreements
|
||||||
|
- **Communication Plan** — Who/what/when, cadence, channels, feedback timelines
|
||||||
|
- **Feedback Protocol** — Format, timing, prioritization, conflict handling
|
||||||
|
## Common Challenges
|
||||||
|
Stakeholders designing solutions, conflicting priorities, late-stage scope changes, missing stakeholders.
|
||||||
|
## Best Practices
|
||||||
|
- Map stakeholders at kickoff
|
||||||
|
- Establish decision rights before conflict
|
||||||
|
- Communicate proactively
|
||||||
|
- Document decisions and rationale
|
||||||
|
- Revisit as projects evolve
|
||||||
Loading…
Add table
Add a link
Reference in a new issue